Table of Contents

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

      For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

      for the transition period from                  to                 

Commission file number 0-15261.

 

 

BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Pennsylvania   23-2434506

(State of other jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
801 Lancaster Avenue, Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania   19010
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) (610) 525-1700

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock ($1 par value)   Nasdaq Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.    

Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 of 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period than the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (& 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨


Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨       Accelerated Filer    x
Non-Accelerated Filer   ¨       Smaller Reporting Company    ¨

Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 126-2 of the Exchange Act):

Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of Registrant (including fiduciary accounts administered by affiliates*) was $144,164,353 on June 30, 2008.

As of December 31, 2008, there were 8,592,259 shares of common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference : Portions of Registrant’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2008, as indicated, are incorporated by reference in Parts I, II and IV hereof. The Definitive Proxy Statement of Registrant filed with respect to the Registrant’s 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 22, 2009 filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

 

* Registrant does not admit by virtue of the foregoing that its officers and directors are “affiliates” as defined in Rule 405 and does not admit that it controls the shares of Registrant’s voting stock held by the Trust Department of its bank subsidiary.

The exhibit index is on page 20.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Form 10-K

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation

Index

 

Item No.

        Page
   Part I   
1.    Business    1
1A.    Risk Factors    9
1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments    14
2.    Properties    14
3.    Legal Proceedings    14
4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    14
   Part II   
5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    15
6.    Selected Financial Data    16
7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”)    16
7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk    16
8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    16
9.    Change in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    16
9A.    Controls and Procedures    17
9B.    Other Information    17
   Part III   
10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    17
11.    Executive Compensation    19
12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    19
13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    19
14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services    19
   Part IV   
15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    19

UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL INFORMATION IS AS OF MARCH 1, 2009.


Table of Contents

SPECIAL CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the statements contained in this report may constitute forward-looking statements for the purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause actual results, performance or achievements of the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Corporation”) to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to the Corporation’s financial goals, business plans, business prospects, credit quality, credit risk, reserve adequacy, liquidity, origination and sale of residential mortgage loans, mortgage servicing rights, the effect of changes in accounting standards, and market and pricing trends loss. The words “anticipate,” “believe”, estimate, “expect”, “intended,” “may”, “plan,” “seek,” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. The Corporation’s actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated by the forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including without limitation:

 

   

the effect of future economic conditions on the Corporation and its customers, including economic factors which affect consumer confidence in the securities markets, wealth creation, investment and savings patterns, and the Corporation’s interest rate risk exposure and credit risk;

 

   

changes in the securities markets with respect to the market values of financial assets and the stability of particular securities markets;

 

   

governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislation and regulatory changes;

 

   

changes in accounting requirements or interpretations;

 

   

the risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the value of loan collateral and securities, as well as interest rate risk;

 

   

the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage companies, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money-market and mutual funds and other institutions operating in the Corporation’s trade market area and elsewhere including institutions operating locally, regionally, nationally and internationally and such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer and the Internet;

 

   

any extraordinary events (such as the September 11, 2001 events, the war on terrorism and the U.S. Government’s response to those events, including the war in Iraq);

 

   

the Corporation’s success in continuing to generate new business in its existing markets, as well as its success in identifying and penetrating targeted markets and generating a profit in those markets in a reasonable time;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to continue to generate investment results for customers and the ability to continue to develop investment products in a manner that meets customers needs;

 

   

the Corporation’s timely development of competitive new products and services in a changing environment and the acceptance of such products and services by customers;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to originate, sell and service residential mortgage loans;

 

   

the accuracy of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimates in the value of collateral, the market value of mortgage servicing rights and various financial assets and liabilities;

 

   

technological changes being more difficult or expensive than anticipated;

 

   

the Corporation’s success in managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

All written or oral forward-looking statements attributed to the Corporation are expressly qualified in their entirety by use of the foregoing cautionary statements. All forward-looking statements included in this Report are based upon information presently available, and the Corporation assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company (the “Bank” or “BMTC”) received its Pennsylvania banking charter in 1889 and is a member of the Federal Reserve System. In 1986, Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Corporation” or “BMBC”) was formed and on January 2, 1987, the Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation. The Bank and Corporation are headquartered in Bryn Mawr, PA, a western suburb of Philadelphia, PA. The Corporation and its subsidiaries offer a full range of personal and business banking services, consumer and commercial loans, equipment leasing, mortgages, insurance and wealth management services, including investment management, trust and estate administration, retirement planning, custody services, and tax planning and preparation from eight full-service branches and seven Life Care Community offices throughout Montgomery, Delaware and Chester counties. The Corporation trades on the NASDAQ Global Market (“NASDAQ GM”) under the symbol BMTC.

The goal of the Corporation is to become the preeminent community bank and wealth management organization in the Philadelphia area.

The Corporation operates in a highly competitive market area that includes local, national and regional banks as competitors along with savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, trust companies, registered investment advisors and mutual fund families. The Corporation and its subsidiaries are regulated by many regulatory agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Federal Reserve and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.

WEBSITE DISCLOSURES

The Corporation makes available, free of charge through its website, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed with the SEC. These reports can be obtained by accessing the Corporation’s website, www.bmtc.com, by clicking on Investor Relations.

OPERATIONS

 

   

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation

The Corporation has no active staff as of December 31, 2008. The Corporation holds the stock of the Bank. Additionally, the Corporation performs several functions including shareholder communications, shareholder recordkeeping, the distribution of dividends and the periodic filing of reports and payment of fees to NASDAQ GM, the SEC and other regulatory agencies.

A complete list of directors and executive officers of the Corporation and the Bank as of March 1, 2009 is incorporated by reference to the Corporation’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “2008 Annual Report”) at the back cover of the printed version of the Annual Report (located at page 9 of Exhibit 13.1 hereto).

 

   

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company

The Bank is engaged in commercial and retail banking business, providing basic banking services, including the acceptance of demand, time and savings deposits and the making of commercial, real estate and consumer loans and other extensions of credit including leases. The Bank also provides a full range of wealth management services including trust administration and other related fiduciary services, custody services, investment management and advisory services, employee benefit account and IRA administration, estate settlement, tax services, financial planning and brokerage services. As of December 31, 2008, the market value of assets under management, administration, supervision and brokerage by the Bank’s Wealth Management Division was $2.146 billion.

The Corporation, through its Bank subsidiary, has expanded its branch footprint by establishing a de-novo branch office in Exton, PA in April 2005, relocating the former Wynnewood, PA office to Ardmore, PA in January 2007, and opening the West Chester regional branch office in West Chester, PA on January 2, 2009. The Corporation presently has 9 full-service branch offices, plus 7 Life Care Community locations. See the section titled “COMPETITION” later in this item for additional information.

 

1


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008, the Corporation and its subsidiaries had 237 full time and 29 part time employees, equaling 252 full time equivalent staff.

OTHER OPERATING SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BANK

The Bank has four operating subsidiaries providing various services as described below:

 

   

Insurance Counsellors of Bryn Mawr, Inc.

Insurance Counsellors of Bryn Mawr, Inc. (“ICBM”) began operation in February 1998 as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. ICBM is a full-service insurance agency, through which the Bank offers insurance and related products and services to its customer base. This includes casualty, property and allied insurance lines, as well as life insurance, annuities, medical insurance and accident and health insurance for groups and individuals.

ICBM utilizes five licensed insurance agents and ICBM employees are included in the Corporation’s employment numbers above.

 

   

BMT Settlement Services, Inc.

BMT Settlement Services, Inc. (“BMTS”) began operation in February 2002. BMTS is a limited partner in Bryn Mawr Settlement Services, LP (the “Limited Partnership”), which partners with Commonwealth Land Transfer Company, to provide title search and abstract services to Bank customers. Under the terms of the Limited Partnership’s partnership agreement, BMTS receives seventy percent of the profits of the Limited Partnership, after expenses. BMTS is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank.

BMTS’ primary market area is located in southeastern Pennsylvania. BMTS is housed in the main office of the Bank, located at 801 Lancaster Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010. BMTS had no employees as of December 31, 2008.

 

   

BMT Mortgage Services, Inc.

BMT Mortgage Services, Inc. (“BMTM”) began operations in February, 2006. BMTM is a member in BMT Mortgage Company, LLC, which was established in 2006 to provide mortgage services to customers of Keller Williams’ Bryn Mawr, PA office. Under the terms of the operating agreement, BMTM has a 40% interest in the entity, performs certain accounting and administrative functions, and processes certain mortgage applications for a fee. BMTM is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank.

 

   

BMT Leasing, Inc.

BMT Leasing, Inc. (“BMTL”) began operations in September 2006. BMTL is a Delaware corporation registered to do business in Pennsylvania. BMTL is an equipment leasing company servicing customers nationwide from its Bryn Mawr location with leases ranging from $10 thousand to $150 thousand. BMTL is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and had 13 employees as of December 31, 2008. All BMTL employees are included in the Corporation’s employment numbers above.

 

2


Table of Contents

The Corporation has two operating subsidiaries which provide various services as described below:

 

   

Lau Associates

On July 15, 2008, the Corporation acquired JNJ Holdings LLC (“JNJ”), Lau Associates LLC (“Lau”) and Lau Professional Services LLC (“Lau Professional” and together with Lau and JNJ, “Lau Associates”). Lau Associates is a nationally recognized independent, family office serving high net worth individuals and families, with special expertise in planning intergenerational inherited wealth. Lau Associates employed 10 employees as of December 31, 2008. Lau Associates’ employees are included in the Corporation’s employment numbers. Lau Associates LLC is a financial planning and investment advisory firm, while Lau Professional specializes in tax preparation. Lau and Lau Professional are wholly owned subsidiaries of JNJ which is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

   

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware (“BMTC-DE”) began operations as a limited purpose trust company in the fourth quarter of 2008. BMTC-DE is located in Wilmington, DE and has the ability to be named and serve as a corporate fiduciary under Delaware law. BMTC-DE employed two full-time employees as of December 31, 2008. BMTC-DE employees are included in the Corporation’s employment numbers. Being able to serve as a corporate fiduciary under Delaware law is advantageous as Delaware statutes are widely recognized as being favorable with respect to the creation of tax-advantaged trust structures, LLCs and related wealth transfer vehicles for families and individuals throughout the United States. BMTC-DE is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

SOURCES OF THE CORPORATION’S REVENUE

 

   

Continuing Operations

The following table shows the percentage of consolidated revenues with respect to various segments of the Corporation’s operations.

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Interest income on loans, leases and investments

   $ 57,934    73.0 %   $ 54,218    71.3 %   $ 45,906    71.4 %

Other banking fees including insurance

     5,257    6.6 %     5,795    7.6 %     3,696    5.8 %

Wealth management segment

     13,855    17.4 %     13,502    17.8 %     12,422    19.3 %

Mortgage banking segment

     2,360    3.0 %     2,484    3.3 %     2,242    3.5 %
                                       

Total revenues from continuing operations

   $ 79,406    100.0 %   $ 75,999    100.0 %   $ 64,267    100.0 %
                                       

See Note 26, Segment Information, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements located in the 2008 Annual Report for additional information. The Corporation had no discontinued operations in 2006, 2007 or 2008.

STATISTICAL INFORMATION

The statistical information required in this Part I Item I is incorporated by reference to the information appearing in the 2008 Annual Report in the sections captioned Selected Financial Data, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) and Financial Statements and related notes.

 

   

Financial Information About Segments

The financial information concerning the Corporation’s business segments is incorporated by reference to the MD&A of the 2008 Annual Report and Note 26, Segment Information, to the financial statements accompanying the 2008 Annual Report.

COMPETITION

The Corporation and its subsidiaries, including the Bank, compete for deposits, loans and Wealth Management services in Delaware, Montgomery, Chester and Philadelphia counties in southeastern Pennsylvania. The Corporation has a significant presence in the affluent Philadelphia suburbs known as the “Main Line.” The Corporation has nine full-service branches and seven Life Care Community offices.

 

3


Table of Contents

The markets in which the Corporation competes are highly competitive. The Corporation’s direct competition in attracting deposits, loans and wealth management services come from commercial banks, investment management companies, savings and loan associations, and trust companies. The Corporation also competes with credit unions, on-line banking enterprises, consumer finance companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, stock brokerage companies, investment advisory companies and other entities providing one or more of the services and products offered by the Corporation.

The Corporation is able to compete with the other firms because of its consistent level of customer service, excellent reputation, professional expertise, full product line, competitive rates and fees.

With the acquisition of Lau Associates in July 2008 and the formation of BMTC-DE, the Corporation has expanded into the State of Delaware where it competes for wealth management business. Additionally, BMTC competes on a national level for its leasing customers.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The Corporation and its subsidiaries, including the Bank, are subject to extensive regulation under both federal and state law. To the extent that the following information describes statutory provisions and regulations, which apply to the Corporation and its subsidiaries, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to those statutory provisions and regulations.

 

   

Bank Holding Company Regulation

The Corporation, as a bank holding company, is regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Act”). The Act limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks, performing certain servicing activities for subsidiaries and engaging in such other activities as the Federal Reserve Board may determine to be closely related to banking. The Corporation and its non-bank subsidiaries are subject to the supervision of the Federal Reserve Board and the Corporation is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board an annual report and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Act and the regulations which implement the Act. The Federal Reserve Board also conducts inspections of the Corporation and each of its non-banking subsidiaries.

The Act requires each bank holding company to obtain prior approval by the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire (i) direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company, including another bank holding company or a bank, unless it already owns a majority of such voting shares, or (ii) all, or substantially all, of the assets of any company.

The Act also prohibits a bank holding company from engaging in, or from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in non-banking activities unless the Federal Reserve Board, by order or regulation, has found such activities to be so closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks as to be appropriate. The Federal Reserve Board has by regulation determined that certain activities are so closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks, so as to permit bank holding companies, such as the Corporation, and its subsidiaries formed for such purposes, to engage in such activities, subject to obtaining the Federal Reserve Board’s approval in certain cases.

Under the Act, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension or provision of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing any service to a customer on the condition that the customer provide additional credit or service to the bank, to its bank holding company or any other subsidiaries of its bank holding company or on the condition that the customer refrain from obtaining credit or service from a competitor of its bank holding company. Further, the Bank, as a subsidiary bank of a bank holding company, such as the Corporation, is subject to certain restrictions on any extensions of credit it provides to the Corporation or any of its non-bank subsidiaries, investments in the stock or securities thereof, and on the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board may issue cease and desist orders against bank holding companies and non-bank subsidiaries to stop actions believed to present a serious threat to a subsidiary bank. The Federal Reserve Board also regulates certain debt obligations and changes in control of bank holding companies.

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of its subsidiary banks and to commit resources, including capital funds during periods of financial stress, to support each such bank. Consistent with its “source of strength” policy for subsidiary banks, the Federal Reserve Board has stated that, as a matter of

 

4


Table of Contents

prudent banking, a bank holding company generally should not maintain a rate of cash dividends unless its net income available to common shareholders has been sufficient to fund fully the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

Federal law also grants to federal banking agencies the power to issue cease and desist orders when a depository institution or a bank holding company or an officer or director thereof is engaged in or is about to engage in unsafe and unsound practices. The Federal Reserve Board may require a bank holding company, such as the Corporation, to discontinue certain of its activities or activities of its other subsidiaries, other than the Bank, or divest itself of such subsidiaries if such activities cause serious risk to the Bank and are inconsistent with the Bank Holding Company Act or other applicable federal banking laws.

 

   

Federal Reserve Board and Pennsylvania Department of Banking Regulations

The Corporation’s Pennsylvania state chartered bank, The Bryn Mawr Trust Company, is regulated and supervised by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking (the “Department of Banking”) and subject to regulation by The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC. The Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board regularly examine the Bank’s reserves, loans, investments, management practices and other aspects of its operations and the Bank must furnish periodic reports to these agencies. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System.

The Bank’s operations are subject to certain requirements and restrictions under federal and state laws, including requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, limitations on the interest rates that may be paid on certain types of deposits, restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may be granted and the interest that may be charged thereon, limitations on the types of investments that may be made and the types of services which may be offered. Various consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations of the Bank. These regulations and laws are intended primarily for the protection of the Bank’s depositors and customers rather than holders of the Corporation’s stock.

The regulations of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking restrict the amount of dividends that can be paid to the Corporation by the Bank. Payment of dividends is restricted to the amount of the Bank’s retained earnings which was $79.9 million as of December 31, 2008. However, the amount of dividends paid by the Bank cannot reduce capital levels below levels that would cause the Bank to be less than adequately capitalized. The payment of dividends by the Bank to the Corporation is the source on which the Corporation currently depends to pay dividends to its shareholders.

As a bank incorporated under and subject to Pennsylvania banking laws and insured by the FDIC, the Bank must obtain the prior approval of the Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Board before establishing a new branch banking office. Depending on the type of bank or financial institution, a merger of banks located in Pennsylvania is subject to the prior approval of one or more of the following: the Department of Banking, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. An approval of a merger by the appropriate bank regulatory agency would depend upon several factors, including whether the merged institution is a federally insured state bank, a member of the Federal Reserve System, or a national bank. Additionally, any new branch expansion or merger must comply with branching restrictions provided by state law. The Pennsylvania Banking Code permits Pennsylvania banks to establish branches anywhere in the state.

 

   

Deposit Insurance Assessment

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the limits set forth under applicable law and are subject to deposit insurance premium assessments. The FDIC imposes a risk based deposit premium assessment system, which was amended pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Act”). Under this system, the amount of FDIC assessments paid by an individual insured depository institution, such as the Bank, is based on the level of risk incurred in its activities. The FDIC places a depository institution in one of four risk categories determined by reference to its capital levels and supervisory ratings. In addition, in the case of those institutions in the lowest risk category, the FDIC further determines its assessment rates based on certain specified financial ratios. The FDIC announced that 2008 assessments will range from 5 to 7 basis points for well capitalized institutions with composite regulatory examination ratings of one or two. This assessment increased again in January 2009 by 7 basis points. The Act provided for a one time premium assessment credit for eligible insured depository institutions. The Bank was granted a one-time credit of approximately $409 thousand for use against future FDIC insurance premiums. The Bank used approximately $365 thousand of the credit against the 2007 premium assessments and the remaining $44 thousand in the first quarter of 2008.

 

5


Table of Contents

On February 27, 2009, the FDIC adopted an interim rule imposing a 20 basis point emergency special assessment on the banking industry as of June 30, 2009. The assessment is to be collected on September 30, 2009. The interim rule would also permit the FDIC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009 of up to 10 basis points if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance. Comments on the interim rule on special assessments are due no later than 30 days after publication in the Federal Register. A special assessment of 20 basis points would amount to approximately $1.74 million in FDIC expense for the Bank based on December 31, 2008 deposits of approximately $869 million.

On February 27, 2009, the FDIC adopted changes to its ongoing assessment rates for base and risk-based deposit insurance. Effective for the second quarter of 2009, a bank’s annual assessment base rates will be as follows, depending on the bank’s risk category:

 

     Risk Category
     I    II    III    IV
     Minimum    Maximum         

Annual Rates (in basis points)

   12    16    22    32    45

The base assessment rate can be adjusted downward based on a bank’s unsecured debt and level of excess capital above the well capitalized threshold, or upward based on a bank’s secured liabilities including Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase agreements, so that the total risk-based assessment rates will range as follows, depending on a bank’s risk category:

 

     Risk Category
     I    II    III    IV

Initial base assessment rate

   12 to 16    22    32    45

Unsecured debt adjustment

   (5) to 0    (5) to 0    (5) to 0    (5) to 0

Secured liability adjustment

   0 to 8    0 to 11    0 to 16    0 to 22.5

Brokered deposit adjustment

      0 to 10    0 to 10    0 to 10

Total base assessment rate

   7 to 24    17 to 43    27 to 58    40 to 77.5

Based on Management’s preliminary analysis of the February 27, 2009 final rule for ongoing assessments, the Banks estimated 2009 FDIC insurance cost projection would be $1.4 million, assuming the Bank qualifies for Risk Category I.

 

   

Government Monetary Policies

The monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal Reserve Board and the other regulatory agencies have had, and will probably continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of the Bank through their power to implement national monetary policy in order to, among other things, curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board may have a major effect upon the levels of the Bank’s loans, investments and deposits through the Federal Reserve Board’s open market operations in United States government securities, through its regulation of, among other things, the discount rate on borrowing of depository institutions, and the reserve requirements against depository institution deposits. It is not possible to predict the nature and impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

The earnings of the Bank and, therefore, of the Corporation are affected by domestic economic conditions, particularly those conditions in the trade area as well as the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies.

 

   

Safety and Soundness

The Federal Reserve Board also has authority to prohibit a bank holding company from engaging in any activity or transaction deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe or unsound practice. The payment of dividends could, depending upon the financial condition of the Bank or Corporation, be such an unsafe or unsound practice and the regulatory agencies have indicated their view that it generally would be an unsafe and unsound practice to pay dividends except out of current operating earnings. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends in the future is presently and could be further influenced, among other things, by applicable capital guidelines discussed below or by bank regulatory and supervisory policies. The ability of the Bank to make funds available to the Corporation is also subject to restrictions imposed by federal law. The amount of other payments by the Bank to the Corporation is subject to review by regulatory authorities having appropriate authority over the Bank or Corporation and to certain legal limitations.

 

6


Table of Contents
   

Risk Based Capital Guidelines

The Federal Reserve Board has promulgated certain “Risk Based Capital Guidelines.” Under the guidelines, various types of Corporation assets are assigned risk categories and weighted based on their relative risk. In addition, certain off balance sheet items are translated into balance sheet equivalents and also weighted according to their potential risk. The sum of both of these asset categories, referred to as Total Risk Weighted Assets, is then compared to the Corporation’s total capital, providing a Tier I Capital Ratio, under the guidelines. A Tier II capital ratio is also computed for the Corporation, adding an allowable portion of the loan loss reserve to capital. Both the Tier I and Tier II ratios of the Corporation are in excess of those minimum capital ratios required. The focus of the guidelines is to measure the Corporation’s capital risk. The guidelines do not explicitly take into account other risks, such as interest rate changes or liquidity.

The Bank in its normal business originates off-balance sheet items, such as outstanding loan commitments and standby letters of credit. The Bank makes loan commitments to borrowers to assure the borrower of financing by the Bank for a specified period of time and/or at a specified interest rate. The obligation to the Bank, pursuant to an unfunded loan commitment, is limited by the terms of the commitment letter and other loan documentation issued by the Bank to each borrower. The Bank carefully reviews outstanding loan commitments on a periodic basis. A standby letter of credit is an instrument issued by the Bank, which represents a contingent obligation to make payments with respect to a specific transaction of a customer. The Bank carefully evaluates the creditworthiness of each of its letter of credit customers. The Corporation carefully monitors its risks as measured by the Risk Capital Guidelines and seeks to adhere to the Risk Capital Guidelines.

 

   

Gramm-Leach Bliley Act

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLB Act”) repealed provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act, which prohibited commercial banks and securities firms from affiliating with each other and engaging in each other’s businesses. Thus, many of the barriers prohibiting affiliations between commercial banks and securities firms have been eliminated.

The GLB Act amended the Glass-Steagall Act to allow new “financial holding companies” (“FHC”) to offer banking, insurance, securities and other financial products to consumers. Specifically, the GLB Act amends section 4 of the Act in order to provide for a framework for the engagement in new financial activities. Bank holding companies may elect to become a financial holding company if all its subsidiary depository institutions are well-capitalized and well-managed. If these requirements are met, a bank holding company may file a certification to that effect with the Federal Reserve Board and declare that it elects to become a FHC. After the certification and declaration is filed, the FHC may engage either de novo or through an acquisition in any activity that has been determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity. Bank holding companies may engage in financial activities without prior notice to the Federal Reserve Board if those activities qualify under the new list in section 4(k) of the Act. However, notice must be given to the Federal Reserve Board, within 30 days after the FHC has commenced one or more of the financial activities. The Corporation has not become an FHC.

Under the GLB Act, a bank subject to various requirements is permitted to engage through “financial subsidiaries” in certain financial activities permissible for affiliates of FHC’s. However, to be able to engage in such activities a bank must continue to be “well-capitalized” and well-managed and receive at least a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination.

 

   

Community Reinvestment Act

The Community Reinvestment Act requires banks to help serve the credit needs of their communities, including providing credit to low and moderate income individuals and areas. Should the Bank fail to serve adequately the communities it serves, potential penalties may include regulatory denials to expand branches, relocate, add subsidiaries and affiliates, expand into new financial activities and merge with or purchase other financial institutions.

 

   

Privacy of Consumer Financial Information

The GLB Act also contains a provision designed to protect the privacy of each consumer’s financial information in a financial institution. Pursuant to the requirements of the GLB Act, the financial institution regulators have promulgated final regulations intended to better protect the privacy of a consumer’s financial information maintained in financial institutions. The regulations are designed to prevent financial institutions, such as the Bank, from disclosing a consumer’s nonpublic personal information to third parties that are not affiliated with the financial institution.

 

7


Table of Contents

However, financial institutions can share a customer’s personal information or information about business and corporations with their affiliated companies. The regulations also provide that financial institutions can disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties for marketing purposes but the financial institution must provide a description of its privacy policies to the consumers and give the consumers an opportunity to opt-out of such disclosure and, thus, prevent disclosure by the financial institution of the consumer’s nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties.

These privacy regulations will affect how consumer’s information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. The Bank does not believe the privacy regulations will have a material adverse impact on its operations in the near term.

 

   

Consumer Protection Rules – Sale of Insurance Products

In addition, as mandated by the GLB Act, the regulators have published consumer protection rules which apply to the retail sales practices, solicitation, advertising or offers of insurance products, including annuities, by depository institutions such as banks and their subsidiaries.

The rules provide that before the sale of insurance or annuity products can be completed, disclosures must be made that state (i) such insurance products are not deposits or other obligations of or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other agency of the United States, the Bank or its affiliates; and (ii) in the case of an insurance product that involves an investment risk, including an annuity, that there is an investment risk involved with the product, including a possible loss of value.

The rules also provide that the Bank may not condition an extension of credit on the consumer’s purchase of an insurance product or annuity from the Bank or its affiliates or on the consumer’s agreement not to obtain or a prohibition on the consumer obtaining an insurance product or annuity from an unaffiliated entity.

The rules also require formal acknowledgement from the consumer that such disclosures have been received. In addition, to the extent practical, the Bank must keep insurance and annuity sales activities physically separate from the areas where retail banking transactions are routinely accepted from the general public.

 

   

Sarbanes-Oxley Act

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) addresses, among other matters, increased disclosures; audit committees; certification of financial statements by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer; forfeiture of bonuses and profits made by directors and senior officers in the twelve (12) month period covered by restated financial statements; a prohibition on insider trading during Corporation stock blackout periods; disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions; a prohibition applicable to companies, other than federally insured financial institutions, on personal loans to their directors and officers; expedited filing of reports concerning stock transactions by a company’s directors and executive officers; the formation of a public accounting oversight board; auditor independence; and increased criminal penalties for violation of certain securities laws.

KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), the Corporation’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, has issued an attestation report that management’s assessment that the Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Also in their opinion, KPMG stated that the Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO framework.

The rules and regulations which implement the Sarbanes-Oxley Act had a significant economic impact on the compliance cost of the Corporation. It is not possible to assess the future impact on the Corporation or the Bank of any of the foregoing regulations and proposed regulations.

 

   

Patriot Act of 2001

The Patriot Act of 2001, which was enacted in the wake of the September 11, 2001 attacks, includes provisions designed to combat international money laundering and advance the U.S. government’s war against terrorism. The Patriot Act and the regulations which implement it contain many obligations which must be satisfied by financial institutions, including the Bank. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions, such as the Bank, to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect,

 

8


Table of Contents

prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. The failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the financial institution.

 

   

Government Policies and Future Legislation

As the enactment of the GLB Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act confirm, from time to time various laws are passed in the United States Congress as well as the Pennsylvania legislature and by various bank regulatory authorities which would alter the powers of, and place restrictions on, different types of banks and financial organizations. It is impossible to predict whether any potential legislation or regulations will be adopted and the impact, if any, of such adoption on the business of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, especially the Bank.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Investment in the Corporation’s common shares involves risk. The market price of the Corporation’s common shares may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors including those that follow. The following list contains certain risks that may be unique to the Corporation and to the banking industry. The following list of risks should not be viewed as an all inclusive list or in any particular order.

 

   

Sufficient Funding to Support Earning Asset Growth

Over the past 24 months, the Corporation’s assets have grown from $827 million at December 31, 2006 to approximately $1.15 billion at December 31, 2008. This growth has been funded with various forms of wholesale funding which is defined as wholesale deposits (primarily certificates of deposit) and borrowed funds (FHLB advances and subordinated debt). Wholesale funding at December 31, 2008 represents approximately 30.9% of total funding compared with approximately 19.5% at December 31, 2007 and 4.8% at December 31, 2006. Wholesale funding generally costs more than deposits generated from the Corporation’s traditional branch system and is subject to certain practical limits such as the FHLB’s Maximum Borrowing Capacity and the Corporation’s liquidity targets. Additionally, regulators might consider wholesale funding beyond certain points to be imprudent and might suggest that future asset growth be reduced or halted.

The Corporation recognizes the need to grow both wholesale and non-wholesale funding sources to support earning asset growth and to provide appropriate liquidity. In the absence of wholesale funding sources, the Corporation may fund earning asset growth with additional subordinated debt and/or other transactions that might be available, including the TLGP. If none of these funding sources are available, the Corporation might need to reduce earning asset growth through the reduction of current production, sale of assets, and/or the participating out of future and current loans or leases. This in turn might reduce future net income of the Corporation.

On February 27, 2009, the FDIC finalized its risk based assessment rules for ongoing assessments. These new rules include certain upward adjustments in the base assessment rate for rapid growth and use of wholesale funding. These new ongoing assessment rules effectively increase the cost of wholesale funding above certain thresholds in the form of increased FDIC assessments.

See Regulatory Matters and Pending Legislation in the 2008 Annual Report for additional information.

 

   

Other Recent Legislation and Regulatory Actions

Recent market conditions have made it difficult or uneconomical to access the capital markets. As a result, the United States Congress, the Treasury, and the FDIC have announced various programs designed to enhance market liquidity and bank capital.

In response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ESSA”) was signed into law and established the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) administered by the U.S. Treasury Department. As part of TARP, the Treasury established the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) to provide $700 billion of funding to eligible financial institutions through the purchase of capital stock and other financial instruments for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. In connection with EESA, there have been numerous actions by the Federal Reserve Board, Congress, the Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC and others to further the economic and banking industry stabilization efforts under EESA. It remains unclear at this time what further legislative and regulatory measures will be implemented under EESA and the effect such measures may have on the Corporation.

 

9


Table of Contents

As further response to the economic crisis, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), more commonly known as the economic stimulus or economic recovery package, was signed into law on February 17, 2009 by President Obama. ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health, and education needs. In addition, ARRA imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients until they have repaid the Treasury, which is now permitted under ARRA without penalty and without the need to raise new capital, subject to the Treasury’s consultation with the recipient’s appropriate agency. The Corporation elected not to participate in TARP due to its “well capitalized” regulatory capital position and the ever changing conditions of the program.

On February 10, 2009, a Capital Assistance Program was announced to ensure that banking institutions are capitalized with high-quality capital. The program was initiated on February 24, 2009 and evaluates the capital needs of major U.S. banking institutions in this challenging economic environment. The program will assess if an additional capital buffer is warranted, allow the institution to seek private sources of capital or turn to the government for a temporary source of capital, and is not expected to be a new capital standard or maintained on an ongoing basis. Eligibility is dependent on the results of a government stress test, which will be administered on a mandatory basis to banks with $100 billion plus in assets and if accepted, provides Tier 1 capital assistance. The application deadline for the program is May 25, 2009 and after receiving preliminary approval, six months will be provided to close the transaction during which time the company may seek to raise private capital. The capital will be senior to common stock, have an equal level of seniority to existing preferred shares, and will be required to pay cumulative dividends to the government at a rate of 9% per annum, compounded quarterly. The Corporation is currently evaluating the requirements of the program.

 

   

Difficult economic conditions and market volatility have adversely impacted the banking industry and financial markets and may significantly affect our business, financial condition, or results of operation

The Corporation’s success depends, to a certain extent, upon economic and political conditions, local and national, as well as governmental monetary policies. Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in interest rates, money supply and other factors beyond our control may adversely affect our asset quality, deposit levels and loan demand and, therefore, our earnings.

Dramatic declines in the housing market beginning in the latter half of 2007, together with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures, unemployment and underemployment, have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions. The resulting write-downs to assets of financial institutions have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to seek government assistance or bankruptcy protection.

The capital and credit markets, including the fixed income markets, have been experiencing volatility and disruption for more than fifteen months. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit capacity for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ financial strength.

Many lenders and institutional investors have reduced and, in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions because of concern about the stability of the financial markets and the strength of counterparties. It is difficult to predict how long these economic conditions will exist, which of our markets, products or other businesses will ultimately be affected, and whether management’s actions will effectively mitigate these external factors. Accordingly, the resulting lack of available credit, lack of confidence in the financial sector, decreased consumer confidence, increased volatility in the financial markets and reduced business activity could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a result of the challenges presented by economic conditions, we may face the following risks in connection with these events:

 

   

Inability of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, or decreases in value of real estate collateral securing the payment of such loans resulting in significant credit losses, which could result in increased delinquencies, foreclosures and customer bankruptcies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

 

10


Table of Contents
   

Increased regulation of our industry, including heightened legal standards and regulatory requirements or expectations imposed in connection with EESA and ARRA. Compliance with such regulation will likely increase our costs and may limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.

 

   

Further disruptions in the capital markets or other events, including actions by rating agencies and deteriorating investor expectations, which may result in an inability to borrow on favorable terms or at all from other financial institutions.

 

   

Increased competition among financial services companies due to consolidation of certain competing financial institutions and the conversion of certain investment banks to bank holding companies, which may adversely affect our ability to market our products and services.

 

   

Further increases in FDIC insurance premiums due to the market developments which have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FIDC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits.

 

   

Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented.

The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for more than a year. In recent months, the volatility and disruption has reached unprecedented levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers seemingly without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to access capital and on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Several factors could cause the market price for our common shares to fluctuate substantially in the future, including:

 

   

announcements of developments related to our business;

 

   

fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

   

sales of substantial amounts of our securities into the marketplace;

 

   

general conditions in our markets or the worldwide economy;

 

   

a shortfall in revenues or earnings compared to securities analysts’ expectations;

 

   

changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections; and

 

   

our announcement of new acquisitions or other projects.

 

   

Capital Restraints

The Corporation and Bank, while considered “well capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes, have seen capital ratios gradually decline over the past 24 months due to earning asset growth and an acquisition facilitated with cash. The Corporation’s continuation of this growth at this rate is contingent upon the Corporation’s ability to generate sufficient additional capital through its earnings and or other sources. If the Corporation is unable to generate sufficient additional capital though its earnings or other sources, it would be necessary to slow earning asset growth and or pass up possible acquisition opportunities, which may result in a reduction of future net income growth.

 

   

Market Conditions have adversely affected the financial services industry

Declines in the housing market over the past year, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures, coupled with a rising unemployment rate, have resulted in write-downs of asset values by financial institutions throughout the country. These write-downs include asset-backed securities, credit default swaps and other derivative securities. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets and the strength of many financial institutions, lenders have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers. This market turmoil and tightening of credit has led to elevated levels of commercial and consumer delinquencies, the abundance of merger and acquisition activity or failures of financial institutions and a reduction of general business activity and related revenues.

 

11


Table of Contents
   

Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh suspends dividend and capital stock repurchase

On December 23, 2008, the FHLBank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB-P”) announced that it will voluntarily suspend the payment of dividends and the repurchase of excess capital stock until further notice. The FHLB-P expects that its ability to pay dividends and add to retained earnings will be significantly curtailed due to low short-term interest rates, an increased cost of maintaining liquidity and constrained access to debt markets at attractive rates. Capital stock repurchases from member banks will be reviewed on a quarterly basis, but no repurchase will take place in the first quarter of 2009, or in subsequent quarters until advised. The FHLB-P is the primary source of liquidity for BMTC, but BMTC can also use other alternatives that include the Federal Reserve discount window and wholesale funding. BMTC as of December 31, 2008 held $7.9 million of FHLB-P capital stock and is monitoring the situation closely as are other FHLB-P banks.

 

   

Financial downfall increases other-than-temporary-impairment (“OTTI”) charges

Due to the current economic crisis, there has been a rise in OTTI charges taken by institutions, as the fair market values of many investment securities have fallen below their amortized cost basis. The increasing duration of unrealized losses on these securities brought about heightened scrutiny by banks, auditors, and outside examiners on whether write-downs were necessary. A worst case scenario for BMTC would be if regulatory capital ratios fall below the “well capitalized” regulatory requirement due to impairment charges which might necessitate a need to raise capital. BMTC has evaluated its investment portfolio as of December 31, 2008 and no OTTI charges are warranted.

 

   

The steadiness of other financial institutions could have detrimental effects

Routine funding transactions may be adversely affected by the actions and soundness of other financial institutions. Financial service institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, lending, borrowing and other relationships. Transactions are executed on a daily basis with different industries and counterparties, and routinely executed with counterparties in the financial services industry. As a result, rumors, defaults or failures within the financial services industry in general could lead to market-wide liquidity problems which in turn could impact the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

   

Future loan and lease losses may exceed the Corporation’s allowance for loan and lease losses

The Corporation is subject to credit risk, which is the risk of losing principal or interest due to borrowers’ failure to repay loans in accordance with their terms. A continued downturn in the economy or the real estate market in the Corporation’s market area or a rapid change in interest rates could have a negative effect on collateral values and borrowers’ ability to repay. This deterioration in economic conditions could result in losses to the Corporation in excess of loan and lease loss allowances. To the extent loans are not paid timely by borrowers, the loans and leases are placed on non-accrual, thereby reducing interest income. To the extent loan and lease charge-offs exceed the Corporation’s projections, increased amounts allocated to the provision for loan losses would reduce income.

 

   

Leasing business transactions may result in additional risks not previously experienced by the Corporation

The Corporation’s leasing business which began operations in September 2006 consists of leasing various types of equipment to businesses in amounts ranging from $10 thousand to $150 thousand throughout the United States. In addition to anticipated credit losses higher than our traditional lending business, the Corporation’s leasing business is facing a nationwide economic slowdown. Additional risks may include additional state regulatory burdens including multi-state tax issues such as state income taxes, personal property taxes and sales and use taxes.

 

   

Rapidly changing interest rate environment could reduce the Corporation’s net interest margin, net interest income, fee income and net income

Interest and fees on loans and securities, net of interest paid on deposits and borrowings, are a large part of the Corporation’s net income. Interest rates are key drivers of the Corporation’s net interest margin and subject to many factors beyond the control of Management. As interest rates change, net interest income is affected. Rapidly changing interest rates in the future could result in interest expense increasing faster than interest income because of divergence in financial instrument maturities and/or competitive pressures. Further, substantially higher interest rates generally reduce loan demand and may result in slower loan growth particularly in real estate related loans, which have been a significant portion of the Corporation’s revenue growth over the past two years. Decreases or increases in interest rates could have a negative effect on the spreads between the interest rates earned on assets and the rates of interest paid on liabilities, and therefore decrease net interest income. Changes in interest rates might also impact the values of equity and debt securities under management and administration by the Bank’s Wealth Management Division which may have a negative impact on fee income. See the section captioned “Net Interest Income” in the MD&A of the 2008 Annual Report for additional details regarding interest rate risk.

 

12


Table of Contents
   

A continued general economic slowdown could further impact Wealth Management Division revenues and impair the value of goodwill and other intangibles related to the Wealth Management business

A continued general economic slowdown might further decrease the value of Wealth Management Division assets under management and administration resulting in lower fee income. Such an economic downturn might also result in Wealth Management Division clients seeking alternative investment opportunities with other providers, resulting in lower fee income to the Corporation.

Revenue in BMTC’s core wealth management business in 2008 decreased due to the downturn in the fair value of the financial markets, as fees are based on assets under management. Overall, revenue for Wealth Management services in 2008 increased $340 thousand from December 31, 2007 due to the mid-year acquisition of Lau Associates. Revenue for Lau Associates is based on a fee for service model, not assets under management. A prolonged downturn in the financial markets could further reduce wealth management revenue and might impair the value of the Corporation’s mid-year acquisition of Lau Associates, even though their revenue structure is not directly dependent on the fair value of wealth assets being serviced. Under the terms of the July 15, 2008 Lau Associates acquisition, the Corporation has three additional earn-out payments due in the first quarter of each of 2010, 2011 and 2012 (which will each be recorded at the end of 2009, 2010, and 2011). The maximum purchase price for the acquisition will not exceed $19 million (approximately $10 million of which has already been paid).

 

   

The financial services industry is very competitive

The Corporation faces competition in attracting and retaining deposits, making loans, and providing other financial services such as trust and investment management services throughout the Corporation’s market area. The Corporation’s competitors include other community banks, larger banking institutions, trust companies and a wide range of other financial institutions such as credit unions, registered investment advisors, financial planning firms, leasing companies, government-sponsored enterprises, on-line banking enterprises, mutual fund companies, insurance companies and other non-bank businesses. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources than the Corporation. This is especially evident in regard to advertising and public relations spending. For a more complete discussion of our competitive environment, see “BUSINESS—COMPETITION” in Item 1 above. If the Corporation is unable to compete effectively, the Corporation will lose market share and income from deposits, loans, and other products may be reduced.

 

   

Decreased residential mortgage origination, volume and pricing decisions of competitors

The Corporation originates, sells and services residential mortgage loans. Changes in interest rates and pricing decisions by our loan competitors affect demand for the Corporation’s residential mortgage loan products, the revenue realized on the sale of loans and revenues received from servicing such loans for others, ultimately reducing the Corporation’s net income. New regulations may be introduced to the residential mortgage origination market due to issues resulting from the 2007/2008 “sub-prime” mortgage crisis. These new regulations may increase costs and make it more difficult to operate a residential mortgage origination business.

 

   

There is no assurance that recently enacted legislation discussed above and in the sections of the 2008 Annual Report titled Regulatory Matters and Pending Legislation and Effect of Government Monetary Policy will stabilize the financial industry as intended. Since these programs are relatively new and are continuously changing, it is difficult to accurately determine the impact participating or not participating in these programs will have on the Corporation.

 

   

Additional risk factors also include the following, all of which may reduce revenues and/or increase expenses and/or pull Management’s attention away from core banking operations which may ultimately reduce the Corporation’s net income

 

   

Inability to hire or retain key professionals, management and staff

 

   

Changes in securities analysts estimates of financial performance

 

   

Volatility of stock market prices and volumes

 

13


Table of Contents
   

Rumors or erroneous information

 

   

Changes in market values of similar companies

 

   

New developments in the banking industry

 

   

Variations in quarterly or annual operating results

 

   

New litigation or changes in existing litigation

 

   

Regulatory actions

 

   

Changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other regulatory agencies

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The Corporation maintains its headquarters and largest branch location in a three-story, stone-front office building consisting of 37,000 net useable square feet located at the corner of Lancaster and Bryn Mawr Avenues in Bryn Mawr, PA. The building has been the Corporation’s headquarters since its founding in 1889. In 1988, additional space was added to the main office building to facilitate drive-in banking and expanded office space. The Corporation and its subsidiaries own these buildings.

In addition, as part of the Bryn Mawr (“Main Office”) office complex, the Corporation occupies three buildings across the street from the Main Office. These buildings house the finance/accounting, marketing, other administrative functions and the Corporation’s Wealth Division. The surplus space in these buildings is sublet to several tenants on short term leases. The Corporation leases two of these buildings and owns the third building.

The Corporation’s operations center and Wayne branch office are located in a three story building owned by the Corporation and located in Wayne, PA, approximately 6 miles from the Main Office complex.

Additionally, the Corporation and its subsidiaries own or lease nine branch office facilities and seven Life Care Community offices. The Corporation owns five of its branch locations and has long term ground leases on its most recently established branches. All of the life care community office locations are leased under various terms ranging from month to month to up to five years.

Total monthly minimum cash lease payments for office, branch office (including ground leases) and life care community locations amount to $92 thousand per month.

On September 29, 2008, the Corporation purchased a 3,700 square foot property at 322 East Lancaster Avenue, Wayne, PA. This building is adjacent to the Corporation’s Wayne building which houses the Wayne branch and the Corporation’s operations center. Acquiring this property will provide additional space for the Corporation to expand its operations center, while continuing to offer a portion of this property for lease.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to, nor is any of their property the subject of, any material legal proceedings other than ordinary routine litigation incident to their businesses.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

14


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

   

Price Range of Shares

The information required by this Item 5 is incorporated by reference to the information appearing under the caption “Price Range of Shares” in the 2008 Annual Report.

 

   

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return Chart

The information required by this Item 5 is incorporated by reference to the information appearing under the caption “Comparison of Cumulative Total Returns” in the 2008 Annual Report.

 

   

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table gives information about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options under the Corporation’s Stock Option Plans as of December 31, 2008. Additional information regarding the Corporation’s stock option plans can be found at Note 16 – “Stock Option Plan” in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements found in the 2008 Annual Report and such information is incorporated herein by reference thereto. Information about the payment of the independent directors’ retainer compensation in our common stock is set forth in the paragraph following the table.

 

Plan Category

   A. Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options
   B. Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options
   C. Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in

column (A)

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders

   901,814    $ 19.70    180,671

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

   —           —        —     

Total

   901,814    $ 19.70    180,671

We have agreed to pay, and our non-employee independent directors have agreed to accept, payment of their annual $12,500 retainer compensation in the form of our common stock, payable in April of each year at the market value of the stock on the day prior to the day of payment. If all of the Corporation’s non-employee independent directors, including the directors elected at the Annual Meeting, continue this compensation arrangement for their 2009-2010 terms as directors, it is estimated, based on the $20.10 per share market price of the stock on December 31, 2008, that such directors, as a group, will receive a total of 4,975 shares of our common stock as retainer compensation.

 

15


Table of Contents
   

Issuers Purchases of Equity Securities

The following tables present the repurchasing activity of the Corporation during the fourth quarter of 2008:

Shares Repurchased in the 4 th Quarter of 2008 were as follows: (1)

 

Period:

   Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
   Average
Price Paid
per Share
   Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
   Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plan or Programs

Oct. 1, 2008 – Oct. 31, 2008

   —        —      —      195,705

Nov. 1, 2008 – Nov. 30, 2008

   1,518    $ 16.80    —      195,705

Dec. 1, 2008 – Dec. 31, 2008

   —        —      —      195,705
                     

Total

   1,518    $ 16.80    —      195,705
                     

 

Notes to these tables:

(1) On February 24, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted a new stock repurchase program (the “2006 Program”) under which the Corporation may repurchase up to 450,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock, not to exceed $10 million. The 2006 Program was publicly announced in a Press Release dated February 24, 2006. There is no expiration date on the 2006 Program. All shares purchased through the 2006 Program are accomplished in open market transactions.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The information required by this Item 6 is incorporated by reference to the information appearing under the caption “Selected Financial Data” in the financial section of the 2008 Annual Report.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OPERATIONS (“MD&A”)

The information required by this Item 7 is incorporated by reference to the information appearing under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the financial section of the 2008 Annual Report.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by this Item 7A is incorporated by reference to information appearing in the MD&A Section of the 2008 Annual Report, more specifically in the sections entitled “Net Interest Income”—Rate Volume Analysis of Interest Rates and Interest Differential, Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin—2008 Compared to 2007, and—2007 Compared to 2006, Net Interest Margin Over the Last Five Quarters, Interest Rate Sensitivity, Summary Interest Rate Simulation, and Gap Report; “Provision for Loan and Lease Losses”—General Discussion of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses, Asset Quality and Analysis of Credit Risk, Non-Performing Assets and Related Ratios, Summary of Changes in the Allowance of Loan and Lease Losses, Allocation of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses; “Non-Interest Income”; “Non-Interest Expense”; “Income Taxes”; “Balance Sheet Analysis”; “Discussion of Segments”; “Capital”; “Liquidity”; “Off Balance Sheet Risk”; “Contractual Cash Obligation of the Corporation as of December 31, 2008”; and “Other Information.”

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements and the auditor’s report thereon and supplementary data required by this Item 8 are incorporated by reference to the financial section of the 2008 Annual Report.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGE IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

16


Table of Contents
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

   

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Corporation carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Corporation’s management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, Frederick C. Peters II, and Chief Financial Officer, J. Duncan Smith, CPA, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2008 pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2008, are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to the Corporation (including its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in the Corporation’s periodic SEC filings.

 

   

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As of the date of this Report, there have not been any significant changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

   

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The information required in this Item 9A is incorporated by reference to the financial section of the 2008 Annual Report.

 

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The information required in this Item 9A is incorporated by reference to the financial section of the 2008 Annual Report.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information with respect to Directors of the Corporation is incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement of the Corporation filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A (the “Corporation’s Proxy Statement”) at pages 4 to 15.

The information with respect to Committees of the Corporation’s Board of Directors are incorporated by reference to the Corporation’s Proxy Statement at pages 6 to 13.

Each member of the Audit Committee is independent and financially literate as defined by Nasdaq GM. The Board of Directors of the Corporation has determined that Scott M. Jenkins and Britton H. Murdoch are financial experts as defined by SEC regulations.

The Boards of Directors of the Corporation and the Bank have each determined that all of its members are independent and meet the independence requirements of the Nasdaq GM, except for Frederick C. Peters, II and Francis J. Leto. Because Mr. Peters is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and the Bank, he is not independent. Mr. Peters also serves as Chairman of the Boards of the Corporation and the Bank. Mr. Leto became a non-independent member of the Board of Directors as of January 20, 2009 when he assumed the position of Executive Vice President of the Bank – Wealth Management Division.

 

17


Table of Contents
   

Executive Officers of the Corporation and the Bank

Below is certain information with respect to the executive officers of the Corporation and Bank as of March 1, 2009:

 

NAME

   AGE AS OF
MARCH 1, 2009
  

OFFICE WITH THE

CORPORATION AND/OR BANK

Frederick C. Peters II

   59    President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Corporation and Bank

J. Duncan Smith, CPA

   50    Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Corporation and Executive Vice President, Treasurer & Chief Financial Officer of Bank

Alison E. Gers

   51    Executive Vice President of Bank – Community Banking Division, Marketing, Technology and Information, Services and Operations

Joseph G. Keefer

   50    Executive Vice President of Bank - Chief Lending Officer

Robert J. Ricciardi

   60    Secretary of Corporation and Executive Vice President, Secretary and Chief Credit Policy Officer of the Bank

Francis J. Leto

   49    Executive Vice President of Bank – Wealth Management Division

Matthew G. Waschull

   47    Executive Vice President of Bank; President and Chief Operating Officer – The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware

 

 

Mr. Peters was elected President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Corporation and the Bank on January 22, 2001. Mr. Peters was elected the Chairman of the Boards of the Bank and Corporation effective August 5, 2002. Prior to that, Mr. Peters was founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of the 1 st Main Line Bank, a division of National Penn Bank, from May 1995 to January 2001.

 

 

Mr. Smith was employed by the Corporation in April 2005 as Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and as Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. From March 1993 through March 2005, Mr. Smith was the Principal Accounting Officer for First Chester County Corporation which is headquartered in West Chester, PA. During his tenure at First Chester County Corporation he held a variety of positions, the last of which was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

 

 

Ms. Gers was employed by the Bank in 1998 as Senior Vice President of Marketing. Ms. Gers was appointed Executive Vice President of the Bank in 2001. Since joining the Bank, Ms. Gers has held various positions. As of September 2005, Ms. Gers became responsible for the Community Banking Division, marketing, technology and information services and operations.

 

 

Mr. Keefer was employed by the Bank in 1991 as Vice President and Commercial Lending manager. Mr. Keefer was made the Bank’s Chief Lending Officer in December 1997. In February 2001, Mr. Keefer was designated Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank. In December 2002, Mr. Keefer assumed responsibility for the Bank’s Credit Division.

 

 

Mr. Ricciardi was employed by the Bank in 1971. In January 2001, Mr. Ricciardi was named Secretary of the Corporation and the Bank, and was responsible for the Credit Division, the Community Banking Division and the Risk Management Division. In December 2002, Mr. Ricciardi relinquished responsibility for the Credit Division. As of September 2005, Mr. Ricciardi was responsible for the Risk Management Division, the Human Resources/Facilities Division and Insurance Counsellors of Bryn Mawr.

 

 

Mr. Leto was appointed Executive Vice President of the Corporation and the Bank, and acting head of the Bank’s Wealth Management Division on January 20, 2009. Prior to joining Bryn Mawr Trust, Mr. Leto served as General Counsel for Lifestyle Development, LP from October 2007 to January 2009; of Counsel for Brett Senior & Associates from April 2006 to January 2009; partner in the law firm of Celli and Leto, LLP from January 1995 to March 2006; and President, Brandywine Abstract Company, L.P. from May 1988 to January 2009.

 

18


Table of Contents
 

Mr. Waschull was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer of The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware in January 2009 and continues to serve as Executive Vice President of the Bank. Mr. Waschull served as Executive Vice President of the Bank in charge of the Wealth Management Division from February 2007 through January 20, 2009. Prior to joining Bryn Mawr Trust, Mr. Waschull served as Managing Director for a substantial segment of the private wealth management business at Wilmington Trust Company in Wilmington, Delaware.

The Corporation has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“the Code”) which amended, restated and combined into one code its Code of Ethics for Officers and Directors and its Employee Code of Ethics. The Code is available on the Corporation’s website at www.bmtc.com under the “Code of Ethics” caption and printed copies are available to any shareholder upon request. The Code meets the requirements for a code of ethics for the Corporation’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and Comptroller or persons performing similar functions under Item 406 of Regulation S-K of the SEC. Any amendments to the Code, or any waivers of the Code for directors or executive officers will be disclosed promptly on a Form 8-K filed with the SEC or by another means approved by the SEC.

The information with respect to compliance with Section 16 of Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated by reference to the Corporation’s Proxy Statement at page 43.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required in this Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the executive compensation section and the Corporations’ compensation committee report section of the Corporation’s Proxy Statement at pages 15 to 35.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required in this Item 12 is incorporated by reference to Item 5, at page 15 of this 2008 Form 10-K and to the section titled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” of the Corporation’s Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required in this Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the Corporation’s Proxy Statement at page 36.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required in this Item  14 is incorporated by reference to the Corporation’s Proxy Statement at pages 38 to 39.

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Item 15(a)(1) — The following items are incorporated by reference to the 2008 Annual Report, attached hereto as Exhibit 13.1 (see table of contents on cover of 2008 Annual Report for specific page references):

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, KPMG LLP

Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

19


Table of Contents

Item 15(a)(2) — Financial Statement Schedules are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the information called for is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

Item15(a)(3) — Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description and References

  3.1  

   Amended and Restated By-Laws, effective November 20, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007

  3.2  

   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective November 21, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007

  4.1  

   Shareholders Rights Plan, dated November 18, 2003, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Corporation’s Form 8-A12G filed with the SEC on November 25, 2003

  4.2  

   Amended and Restated By-Laws, effective November 20, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007

  4.3  

   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, effective November 21, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 21, 2007

10.1  

   Amended and Restated Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan of the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective January 1, 1999, filed herewith

10.2  

   Executive Change-of-Control Severance Agreement, dated October 19, 1995, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Robert J. Ricciardi, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.O of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007

10.3  

   The Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit B of the Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 6, 1998 filed with the SEC on March 5, 1998

10.4  

   Amended and Restated Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective January 1, 2008, filed herewith

10.5  

   Amended and Restated Deferred Payment Plan for Directors of the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, effective January 1, 2009, filed herewith

10.6  

   Amended and Restated Deferred Payment Plan for Directors of the Bryn Mawr Trust Company, effective January 1, 2009, filed herewith

10.7  

   Employment Agreement, dated January 11, 2001, between the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and Frederick C. Peters II, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.N of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2001

10.8  

   Executive Change-of-Control Severance Agreement, dated January 22, 2001, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Frederick C. Peters II, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.K of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007

10.9  

   The Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 8, 2001 filed with the SEC on March 6, 2001

10.10

   Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation 2004 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Corporation’s Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2004 filed with the SEC on March 8, 2004

10.11

   Executive Change-of-Control Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated May 21, 2004, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Alison E. Gers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.M of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007

10.12

   Executive Change-of-Control Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated May 21, 2004, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Joseph G. Keefer, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.N of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007

10.13

   Executive Severance and Change of Control Agreement, dated April 4, 2005, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and J. Duncan Smith, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2005

 

20


Table of Contents
10.14    Form of Key Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 10, 2005
10.15    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 10, 2005
10.16    Letter Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 2007, from the Bryn Mawr Trust Company to Matthew G. Waschull, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 7, 2007
10.17    Executive Change-of-Control Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated February 5, 2007, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Matthew G. Waschull, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.P of the Corporation’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2007
10.18    Non-Disclosure and Nonsolicitation Agreement, dated March 9, 2007, between the Bryn Mawr Trust Company and Matthew G. Waschull, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Corporations file 10-K filed with the SEC on March 13, 2008
10.19    2007 Long Term Incentive Plan, effective April 25, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC May 10, 2007
10.20    Bryn Mawr Bank corporation Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan for Select Executives, executed December 8, 2008, filed herewith
13.1    Corporation’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed herewith
21.1    List of Subsidiaries, filed herewith
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, filed herewith
31.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
31.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
99.1    Corporation’s Proxy Statement for 2008 Annual Meeting to be held on April 22, 2009, expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or around March 18, 2009, and incorporated hereto by reference

Item 15(b) The Exhibits described above in Item 15(a)(3) are attached hereto or incorporated by reference herein, as noted

Item15(c) — Not Applicable

 

21


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of section 13 or 15d of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, there unto duly authorized

(Registrant) Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation

By:  /s/ J. Duncan Smith, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Date March 13, 2009

 

22


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Corporation and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

NAME

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/ Frederick C. Peters

Frederick C. Peters II

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   March 13, 2009

/s/ J. Duncan Smith

J. Duncan Smith

  

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 13, 2009

/s/ David E. Lees

David E. Lees

   Director   March 13, 2009

/s/ Andrea F. Gilbert

Andrea F. Gilbert

   Director   March 13, 2009

 

Wendell F. Holland

   Director   March __, 2009

/s/ Francis J. Leto

Francis J. Leto

   Director   March 13, 2009

/s/ B. Loyall Taylor, Jr.

B. Loyall Taylor, Jr.

   Director   March 13, 2009

/s/ Thomas L. Bennett

Thomas L. Bennett

   Director   March 13, 2009

/s/ Britton H. Murdoch

Britton H. Murdoch

   Director   March 13, 2009

/s/ Scott M. Jenkins

Scott M. Jenkins

   Director   March 13, 2009

 

23

Exhibit 10.1

BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)

This is the BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN (the “SERP”), covering the eligible employees of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and such of its Affiliates as have adopted the SERP for their eligible employees, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 to reflect the cessation of the accrual of further benefits hereunder as of March 31, 2008 and to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

The following words and phrases as used herein have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

1.1 “ Administrator ” means the person or committee, appointed by the Board of Directors, that shall be responsible for administering the SERP.

1.2 “ Affiliate ” means a corporation of which the Corporation controls, directly or indirectly, at least 50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock.

1.3 “ Beneficiary ” means the surviving spouse or other person, persons or trust designed by a Participant as direct or contingent beneficiary under the Pension Plan.

1.4 “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation.

1.5 “ Bonus ” means an amount payable to an Executive that is not part of the Executive’s base salary and that is payable at the direction of a Participating Employer’s Board of Directors or in accordance with a Participating Employer’s bonus program.

1.6 “ Bonus Deferral ” means the amount of a Bonus that a participant elects to defer until retirement or separation from service in accordance with the terms of the Deferred Bonus Plan.

1.7 “ Code ” means, collectively, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.8 “ Corporation ” means Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation.

1.9 “ Deferred Bonus Plan ” means the Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, as amended from time to time.


1.10 “ Effective Date ” means January 1, 1989. The effective date of this amendment and restatement of the SERP is January 1, 2009.

1.11 “ Employee ” means any individual who is employed by a Participating Employer.

1.12 “ Executive ” means an Employee who is eligible to and has elected to participate in the Deferred Bonus Plan.

1.13 “ Participant ” means an Employee who has met the eligibility requirements set forth in Article II, or a former Employee who is entitled to benefits under the SERP.

1.14 “ Participating Employer ” means the Corporation and each Affiliate that has elected to participate in the Plan.

1.15 “ Pension Plan ” means the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation Pension Plan, as amended.

1.16 “ Separation from Service ” means, with respect to a Participant, his or her “separation from service,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code from the Participating Employer of the Participant. To the extent required by the definition of “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code, “Separation from Service” shall mean a Participant’s separation from service (as so defined) from both the Company and all Affiliates

1.17 “ Specified Employee ” means an individual who is a “specified employee” with respect to his or her Participating Employer within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY

2.1 Eligible Employees . Except as provided in Section 2.2, an Employee shall be eligible for a benefit under the SERP if:

2.1.1 the Employee’s benefit under the Pension Plan is limited by the restrictions of Code section 415, which limits the maximum permissible annual benefits, or by the restrictions of Code section 401(a)(17), which limits the maximum annual compensation of an Employee that may be taken into account for purposes of the Pension Plan; or

2.1.2 the Employee made a Bonus Deferral under the Deferred Bonus Plan.

2.2 Ineligible Employees . The following Employees shall be ineligible for a benefit under this SERP:

2.2.1 Employees who terminated employment with the Corporation and its Affiliates before January 1, 1989;

2.2.2 Employees who terminated employment with the Corporation and its Affiliates before being 100 percent vested in an accrued benefit under the Pension Plan; and

 

- 2 -


2.2.3 Employees who terminated employment with the Corporation and its Affiliates before the earliest to occur of their “Normal Retirement Date,” “Early Retirement Date,” “Total and Permanent Disability” (as such terms are defined in the Pension Plan) or death, whether or not such an Employee is entitled to a deferred vested benefit under the Pension Plan.

ARTICLE III

BENEFITS

3.1 Annual Benefit . The annual benefit to which a Participant or his Beneficiary shall be entitled under the SERP is the excess, if any, of:

3.1.1 the annual benefit that would have been paid to such Participant or his Beneficiary under the Pension Plan, if the Participant’s benefit under the Pension Plan were calculated as of March 31, 2008, without taking into account any service completed or compensation received thereafter:

3.1.1.1 without regard to the limitations of Code section 415 on maximum annual benefits;

3.1.1.2 without regard to the limitation of Code section 401(a)(17) on maximum annual compensation; and

3.1.1.3 by including within the term “Compensation” (as defined in Section 1.12.1 of the Pension Plan) bonus amounts paid with respect to 1997 or later years and which were deferred pursuant to the Deferred Bonus Plan; over

3.1.2 the annual benefit that is actually paid to such Participant or his Beneficiary under the Pension Plan.

3.1.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this SERP to the contrary, effective January 1, 2000, any Secretary of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation or Vice Chairman and Secretary of the Bryn Mawr Trust Company, who terminates employment before March 1, 2001, shall have such benefit calculated including any amount deferred pursuant to the Deferred Bonus Plan during 1996 (relating to a bonus awarded for the 1995 calendar year).

3.2 Payment of Benefits . The method and timing of a Participant’s benefit payments (or those of his Beneficiary) under the SERP shall be determined in accordance with this Section 3.2.

3.2.1 The method and timing of a Participant’s benefit payments (or those of his or her Beneficiary) under the SERP commencing prior to January 1, 2009, or those of a Participant who has not accrued any further benefits under the SERP after December 31, 2004, shall be identical to the manner in which such Participant’s benefits are provided under the Pension Plan, and shall end at the same time all payments to the Participant and his or her Beneficiary under the Pension Plan end.

 

- 3 -


3.2.2 In the case of benefit payments under the SERP with respect to a Participant not described in Section 3.2.1 above, payments shall commence on the later of (a) January 1, 2009, or (b) the earliest date on which such benefit payments could commence (or could have commenced) under the Pension Plan, whether or not the commencement of benefit payments under the Pension Plan has (or had) been deferred; provided that in no event may benefit payments under the SERP commence prior to a Participant’s Separation from Service. The method of payment under the SERP with respect to a Participant shall be a single life annuity for the life of the Participant, or for the life of the Beneficiary as the case may be, or any other annuity form of payment elected by the Participant or Beneficiary that is available under the Pension Plan and is actuarially equivalent to the single life annuity form of payment, applying reasonable actuarial methods and assumptions.

3.2.3 Notwithstanding Section 3.2.2, in no event shall benefits payable to a Participant who is a Specified Employee as of the date of his or her Separation from Service commence, on account of Separation from Service, before the date that is six months after the date of such Separation from Service.

3.3 Cash-Out . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.2, above, if the present value of the Participant’s benefits under this SERP, as calculated in the same manner as under the Pension Plan, is less than $5,000, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion and without the Participant’s consent, cause such benefits to be paid to the Participant in a cash lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following the date the Participant becomes entitled to a distribution under this SERP.

ARTICLE IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

4.1 Participant’s Rights Unsecured . The right of any Participant or Beneficiary claiming through such Participant to receive payments under the provisions of the SERP shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Participating Employer by whom the Participant was last employed preceding the time the payments begin. No Participating Employer shall be under any obligation to establish any separate fund, purchase any annuity contract, or in any other way make any special provision or specifically earmark any funds for the payment of amounts called for under the SERP. If a Participating Employer chooses to establish such a fund, or purchase such an annuity contract or make any other agreement to provide for such payments, that fund, contract or arrangement shall remain part of such Participating Employer’s general assets and no person claiming payments under the SERP shall have any right, title or interest in or to any such fund, contract or arrangement.

4.2 Claims Procedures .

4.2.1 A Participant or, in the event of the Participant’s death, the Beneficiary, may file a written claim for payment hereunder with the Administrator. In the event of a denial of any payment due to or requested by the Participant or Beneficiary (the “claimant”), the Administrator will give the claimant written notification containing specific reasons for the denial. The written notification will contain specific reference to the pertinent provisions of the SERP on which the denial of the claim is based. In addition, it will contain a description of any other material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect a claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary. The notification will provide further appropriate information as to the

 

- 4 -


steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit the claim for review and the time limits applicable thereto, and (if applicable) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. This written notification will be given to a claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim by the Administrator unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, in which case the Administrator shall provide written notice of the extension to the claimant and the reasons therefore, and the date by which the Administrator expects to make its determination with respect to the claim. In no event shall such extension exceed 90 days.

4.2.2 In the event of a denial of a claim for benefits, the claimant or a duly authorized representative will be permitted to submit issues and comments in writing to the Administrator and to submit documents, records and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The claimant or a duly authorized representative shall also be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits. In addition, the claimant or a duly authorized representative may make a written request for a full and fair review of the claim and its denial by the Administrator that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefits determination; provided, however, that such written request is received by the Administrator (or its delegate) within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of written notification of the denial. The sixty (60) day requirement may be waived by the Administrator in appropriate cases.

4.2.3 A decision on review of a claim for benefits will be rendered by the Administrator within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. Under special circumstances, an extension (up to an additional 60 days) can be granted for processing the decision. Notice of this extension must be provided in writing to the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial sixty-day period. In no event will the decision be rendered more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the initial request for review. Any decision by the Administrator will be furnished to the claimant in writing and will set forth the specific reasons for the decision and the specific provisions on which the decision is based. The claimant or a duly authorized representative shall also be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

4.3 Employment Rights . The establishment of the SERP shall not be construed as conferring any rights upon any Employee for a continuation of employment, nor shall it be construed as limiting in any way the right of a Participating Employer to discharge any Employee.

4.4 Assignability . Except for naming a Beneficiary under the Pension Plan to receive amounts that may become payable hereunder upon the Participant’s death, no right to receive payments hereunder shall be transferable or assignable by a Participant. Any other attempted assignment or alienation of payments hereunder shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

- 5 -


4.5 Administration . Except as otherwise provided herein, the SERP shall be administered by the Administrator, who shall have the authority to adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the SERP, and who shall interpret, construe and implement the provisions of the SERP.

4.6 Amendment and Termination . The SERP may at any time or from time to time be amended, modified, or terminated by the Board of Directors. Each Participating Employer shall have the right to terminate the SERP as to its Employees. No amendment, modification, or termination shall, without the consent of a Participant, adversely affect the Participant’s rights hereunder that accrued up to such amendment, modification or termination.

4.7 Controlling Law . The SERP shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania except as such laws are superseded by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

4.8 Number and Gender . Words used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where applicable. Wherever required, the singular of any word shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.

To record the adoption of this amendment and restatement of the SERP, Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation has caused its authorized officers to affix its corporate name and seal this 18th day of December, 2008.

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)     BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION
Attest:   /s/ Diane McDonald     By:   /s/ Robert J. Ricciardi

 

- 6 -

Exhibit 10.4

DEFERRED BONUS PLAN FOR

EXECUTIVES OF BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008)

This is the DEFERRED BONUS PLAN FOR EXECUTIVES OF BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION (the “Plan”), as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

The following words and phrases as used herein have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

1.1 “ Administrator ” means the person or committee, appointed by the Board of Directors, that shall be responsible for administering the Plan.

1.2 “ Affiliate ” means a corporation of which the Corporation controls, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock.

1.3 “ Beneficiary ” means the person, persons or trust designated by a Participant as direct or contingent beneficiary in the manner prescribed by the Administrator. The Beneficiary of a Participant who has not effectively designated a Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate.

1.4 “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

1.5 “ Bonus ” means an amount payable to an Executive that is not part of the Executive’s base salary and that is payable at the discretion of a Participating Employer’s Board of Directors or in accordance with a Participating Employer’s bonus program.

1.6 “ Bonus Deferral ” means the amount of a Bonus that a Participant elects to defer in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

1.7 “ Code ” means, collectively, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.8 “ Corporation ” means Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation.

1.9 “ Deferred Bonus Account ” or “ Account ” means the separate account established for each Participant as described in Section 4.1.

1.10 “ Effective Date ” means January 1, 1989. The effective date of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is January 1, 2008.

1.11 “ Executive ” means an employee of a Participating Employer who is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees and who is eligible to make a deferral election under the Plan. An employee will be eligible to make


a deferral election under the Plan for a Plan Year if his compensation for the prior Plan Year was at least $100,000. For purposes of this section, compensation for the prior Plan Year shall mean the employee’s compensation reported on Form W-2, including the bonus which was payable to the employee in such prior Plan Year, regardless of whether all or some portion of the bonus was not reported on Form W-2 as a result of being deferred under the Plan. Additionally, the Administrator may designate a newly hired employee of a Participating Employer as an Executive eligible to make a deferral election during the Plan Year in which he is hired and the following Plan Year, if such employee’s annualized compensation from the Participating Employer at the time of hire is expected to equal or exceed $100,000.

1.12 “ Hardship ” means an unforeseeable emergency that creates a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from (a) an illness or accident of the Participant, his or spouse, his or her dependent, or his or her Beneficiary, (b) the loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to the home not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, not as a result of a natural disaster), or (c) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, and in the case of either (a), (b) or (c), meets such other requirements as are set forth in Section 409A of the Code.

1.13 “ Participant ” means an Executive or former Executive who elects to participate in the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan or who has an account in the Plan that has not been fully distributed.

1.14 “Participating Employer ” means the Corporation and each Affiliate that has elected to participate in the Plan.

1.15 “ Performance-Based Compensation ” means “performance-based compensation” as described in Exhibit A hereto.

1.16 “ Plan Year ” means the calendar year.

1.17 “ Separation from Service ” means, with respect to a Participant, his or her “separation from service,” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, from the Participating Employer of the Participant. To the extent required by the definition of “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code, “Separation from Service” shall mean a Participant’s separation from service (as so defined) from both the Company and all Affiliates.

1.18 “ Specified Employee ” means an individual who is a “specified employee” with respect to his or her Participating Employer within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

1.19 “ Valuation Date ” means the close of business on the last business day of each calendar quarter, or such other valuation date or dates established by the Administrator.

 

2


ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION

2.1 Eligibility . Each Executive awarded a Bonus is eligible to elect to participate in the Plan.

2.2 Participation in the Plan .

2.2.1 An Executive who desires to participate in the Plan, shall furnish to the Administrator such information (including a beneficiary designation) as the Administrator may reasonably request for the proper administration of the Plan.

2.2.2 An Executive who has satisfied Section 2.2.1 above, may elect under Section 3.1 to defer receipt of all or a specified portion of the Bonus that would otherwise be payable to such Executive for any Plan Year.

ARTICLE III

DEFERRAL OF BONUSES

3.1 Election to Defer . An Executive who elects to participate in the Plan for any Plan Year shall deliver a properly executed election form to the Administrator, which form shall specify:

3.1.1 The amount or percentage of the Executive’s Bonus to be deferred;

3.1.2 The period of time (as provided for in Section 3.3) for which the Executive’s Bonus shall be deferred; and

3.1.3 The investment options (as provided for in Section 4.2) in which an Executive’s Bonus Deferral shall be deemed invested for purposes of determining income, gains and losses thereon.

3.2 Date of Filing Election . An election to defer a Bonus shall be filed by the Participant with the Administrator by March 31 of the Plan Year during which such bonus will be earned; provided, however, if the Bonus for the year 2008 or any subsequent Plan Year does not qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, such election shall be filed no later than the end of the preceding Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Executive who is hired after the commencement of a Plan Year, an election to defer a Bonus earned in such Plan Year that qualifies as Performance-Based Compensation shall be filed by the later of June 30 of such Plan Year or the 30 th day following the Executive’s date of hire; and in the case of a Bonus that does not qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, any such election shall be filed by the 30 th day following the Executive’s date of hire. In the case of an election described in the preceding sentence with respect to Performance-Based Compensation which is filed after June 30 of the Plan Year, or an election not with respect to Performance-Based Compensation, such election shall apply only to the portion of such Bonus attributable to the period of time following the date of the election.

 

3


3.3 Period of Deferral and Form of Payment . A Participant electing to defer all or any portion of a Bonus shall specify the applicable deferral period in his or her election pursuant to Section 3.1 above. Subject to Section 5.1 below, a Participant may elect to have payment of all or any portion of a Bonus deferred until:

3.3.1 January of the year following the year in which such Bonus would otherwise have been payable;

3.3.2 His or her Separation from Service; or

3.3.3 The Participant’s 65 th birthday, if the Participant Separates from Service prior to age 65 but on or after his or her early retirement date under his or her Participating Employer’s tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan; otherwise, upon the Participant’s Separation from Service.

The amount of a Bonus that is deferred under Section 3.3.1 until January of the year following the year in which such Bonus would have otherwise been payable shall be paid in the form of a lump sum without interest or other appreciation added thereto. Payment of the portion of the Deferred Bonus Account attributable to all Bonuses deferred under Section 3.3.2 or Section 3.3.3 shall commence at the time specified in the first election in which a deferral under either such Section is specified.

In no event shall payment of the Deferred Bonus Account of a Participant who is a Specified Employee on the date of his Separation from Service, on account of Separation from Service, commence before the date that is six months after the date of such Separation from Service.

The Participant’s first election pursuant to Section 3.1 above that specifies a deferral of payment under Section 3.3.2 or Section 3.3.3 shall further specify the form of distribution of his or her Deferred Bonus Account attributable to all Bonuses deferred under such Sections. The Participant’s choice of forms of distribution shall be limited to annual installments payable for five (5) years, annual installments payable for ten (10) years, or a single lump sum. If the Participant elects the method set forth in Section 5.2.2 or 5.2.3, each annual installment shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing the balance of the Deferred Bonus Account as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the payment of that installment by the number of installment payments remaining (including that installment).

If a deferral period is not timely specified by a Participant pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected option 3.3.2 above. If a form of distribution is not timely specified by a Participant pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected a single lump sum distribution.

 

4


ARTICLE IV

INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES FOR BONUS DEFERRALS

4.1 Deferred Bonus Account . A Participating Employer shall establish a Deferred Bonus Account for each Participant it employs when the Participant first makes a Bonus Deferral election under Section 3.3.2 or Section 3.3.3. Bonus Deferrals made under Section 3.3.2 or Section 3.3.3 shall be allocated to such Account on the date such Bonus Deferrals would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.

4.2 Investment Options . All Bonus Deferrals allocated under Section 4.1 shall be deemed invested in the available investment options in accordance with the elections made by the Participant. A Participant may designate a single investment option or may allocate his Bonus Deferral among any of the available options. The available investment options shall be as designated by the Corporation from time to time, which may include common stock of the Corporation.

4.3 Investment Discretion . A Participant may modify his investment directions with respect to Bonus Deferrals allocated to his Account under the Plan in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the Administrator.

4.4 Balances of Deferred Bonus Accounts . The balance of each Participant’s Deferred Bonus Account shall include all Bonus Deferrals made by the Participant, adjusted for income, and realized and unrealized gains and losses on their investment under Section 4.2, less any amounts previously distributed to the Participant. In addition, each Participant’s Deferred Bonus Account shall be reduced by the portion of any reasonable Plan administration or maintenance expenses allocated thereto by the Administrator. The amount of such expenses allocated to each Deferred Bonus Account shall be determined by multiplying the amount of such expenses by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the balance of such Deferred Bonus Account as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding such allocation, and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate balance of all Deferred Bonus Accounts as of such Valuation Date. The balance of each Participant’s Account shall be determined as of each Valuation Date that an Account balance is maintained for the Participant.

4.5 Statement of Account . A quarterly statement shall be sent to each Participant as to the balance of his Deferred Bonus Account.

ARTICLE V

PAYMENT OF BONUS DEFERRALS

5.1 In General . Payment of a Participant’s Deferred Bonus Account shall commence at such time and be paid in such form as the Participant had specified (or deemed specified) pursuant to Section 3.3 above. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an Executive who was a Participant during the 2008 Plan Year shall make an irrevocable election at any time during the 2008 Plan Year to have all amounts allocated to his Deferred Bonus Account, both at the time of the election and thereafter, paid to him either at the time specified in Section 3.3.2 or 3.3.3 above, in one of the forms specified in Section 3.3, subject to the six-month deferral in the case of a Specified Employee as described in Section 3.3. In the absence of an election by a Participant pursuant to the preceding sentence, such Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have his Deferred Bonus Account paid to him in a single lump sum upon his Separation from Service, subject to the six-month deferral in the case of a Specified Employee as described in Section 3.3. The irrevocable election described in this Section 5.1 shall be ineffective to the extent that it would have the effect of accelerating a payment into the 2008 Plan Year which otherwise would not be made until the 2009 Plan Year or later, or the effect of deferring a payment to the 2009 Plan Year or later which otherwise would have been made during the 2008 Plan Year.

 

5


5.2 Death . Upon the death of a Participant, either prior to or following the commencment of payment of his or her Deferred Bonus Account, the balance of the Account shall be paid to the Beneficiary in a single lump sum as soon as practicable thereafter.

5.3 In-Service Hardship Distributions . A Participant may request that all or a portion of his Account be distributed at any time prior to the time payment otherwise would commence pursuant to Section 5.1 above, provided that the Participant has incurred a Hardship, and that the distribution is only in an amount reasonably needed to alleviate such Hardship (including a reasonable amount to enable the Participant to pay taxes on the distribution). In determining whether the Hardship distribution request should be approved, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the Participant’s representation that the Hardship cannot be alleviated:

5.3.1. through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;

5.3.2. by reasonable liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship; or

5.3.3. by cessation of Bonus Deferrals under the Plan and all other compensation deferral plans maintained by the Corporation.

Distributions to alleviate a Hardship shall be made in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Administrator has reviewed and approved the request.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Participant’s Rights Unsecured . The right of any Participant to receive future payments under the provisions of the Plan shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Participating Employer by whom the Participant was last employed preceding the time that payments are scheduled to begin. To the extent that a Participating Employer makes payment of bonus deferrals to any trust or to any other fund or arrangement to provide for such payments, the trust, fund or other arrangement shall remain part of such Participating Employer’s general assets and no person claiming payments under the Plan shall have any right, title or interest in or to any trust, fund or other arrangement.

6.2 Claims Procedures .

6.2.1 A Participant or, in the event of the Participant’s death, the Beneficiary, may file a written claim for payment hereunder with the Administrator. In the event of a denial of any payment due to or requested by the Participant or Beneficiary (the “claimant”), the Administrator will give the claimant written notification containing specific reasons for the denial. The written notification will contain specific reference to the pertinent provisions of the SERP on which the denial of the claim is based.

 

6


In addition, it will contain a description of any other material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect a claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary. The notification will provide further appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit the claim for review and the time limits applicable thereto, and (if applicable) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. This written notification will be given to a claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim by the Administrator unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, in which case the Administrator shall provide written notice of the extension to the claimant and the reasons therefore, and the date by which the Administrator expects to make its determination with respect to the claim. In no event shall such extension exceed 90 days.

6.2.2 In the event of a denial of a claim for benefits, the claimant or a duly authorized representative will be permitted to submit issues and comments in writing to the Administrator and to submit documents, records and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The claimant or a duly authorized representative shall also be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits. In addition, the claimant or a duly authorized representative may make a written request for a full and fair review of the claim and its denial by the Administrator that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefits determination; provided, however, that such written request is received by the Administrator (or its delegate) within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of written notification of the denial. The sixty (60) day requirement may be waived by the Administrator in appropriate cases.

6.2.3 A decision on review of a claim for benefits will be rendered by the Administrator within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. Under special circumstances, an extension (up to an additional 60 days) can be granted for processing the decision. Notice of this extension must be provided in writing to the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial sixty-day period. In no event will the decision be rendered more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the initial request for review. Any decision by the Administrator will be furnished to the claimant in writing and will set forth the specific reasons for the decision and the specific provisions on which the decision is based. The claimant or a duly authorized representative shall also be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

6.3 Employment Rights . The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any rights upon any Executive with respect to continuation of employment, nor shall it be construed as limiting in any way the right of a Participating Employer to discharge any Executive.

 

7


6.4 Assignability . Except for naming the Beneficiary of any amounts payable or that may become payable hereunder upon the Participant’s death, no right to receive any payments hereunder shall be transferable or assignable by a Participant. Any other attempted assignment or alienation of payments hereunder shall be void and of no force or effect.

6.5 Administration . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Plan shall be administered by the Administrator, which shall have the authority to adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan, and which shall interpret, construe and implement the provisions of the Plan.

6.6 Amendment and Termination . The Board of Directors reserves the right at any time to amend the Plan in whole or in part, retroactively or prospectively, for any reason and without the consent of any Participant or Beneficiary, provided that no such amendment may adversely affect the rights of a Participant or a Beneficiary with respect to amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferred Bonus Account prior to such amendment or alter the timing of distribution of any Participant’s Deferred Bonus Account. The Board of Directors reserves the right at any time to terminate this Plan. Upon termination of this Plan, all elections and designations with respect to the deferral of future Bonuses shall terminate as of the date specified by the Board of Directors, but not before the earliest time permitted under Section 409A of the Code, and the Deferred Bonus Account of each Participant shall be distributed at such time or times as it would have been distributed in the absence of termination, unless the Board of Directors, in its discretion, elects to distribute the Deferred Bonus Accounts of all Participants in some other manner but in no event prior to the earliest time permitted under Section 409A of the Code.

6.7 Controlling Law . This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania except as such laws are superseded by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

6.8 Number and Gender . Words used in the masculine shall be read and construed in the feminine where applicable. Wherever required, the singular of any word shall include the plural, and plural shall include the singular.

To record the adoption of this amendment and restatement of the Plan, Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation has caused its authorized officers to affix its corporate name and seal this 18th day of December, 2008.

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)     BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION
Attest:   /s/ Diane McDonald     By:   /s/ Robert J. Ricciardi
        Secretary

 

8


EXHIBIT A

TO THE

DEFERRED BONUS PLAN FOR

EXECUTIVES OF BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008)

PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION

For purposes of the Plan, “Performance-Based Compensation” shall be defined in the manner described below, subject to such modifications as may be necessary to conform to the definition of such term in Section 409A of the Code.

(a) In General. Performance-Based Compensation means compensation the amount of which, or the entitlement to which, is contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months. Organizational or individual performance criteria are considered pre-established if established in writing by not later than 90 days after the commencement of the period of service to which the criteria relates, provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at the time the criteria are established. Performance-Based Compensation may include payments based on performance criteria that are not approved by a compensation committee of the board of directors (or similar entity in the case of a non-corporate service recipient) or by the stockholders or members of the service recipient.

Performance-Based Compensation does not include any amount or portion of any amount that will be paid either regardless of performance, or based upon a level of performance that is substantially certain to be met at the time the criteria is established. In addition, except as provided in paragraph (c) below, compensation is not Performance-Based Compensation merely because the amount of such compensation is determined by reference to the value of the service recipient or the stock of the service recipient.

Where a portion of an amount of compensation would qualify as Performance-Based Compensation if the portion were the sole amount available under the plan, that portion of the award will not fail to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation if that portion is designated separately or otherwise separately identifiable under the terms of the plan, and the amount of each portion is determined independently of the other.

Compensation may be Performance-Based Compensation where the amount will be paid regardless of satisfaction of the performance criteria due to the service provider’s death, disability, or a change in control event (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i)), provided that a payment made under such circumstances without regard to the satisfaction of the performance criteria will not constitute Performance-Based Compensation. For purposes of this paragraph (a), a disability refers to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the service provider’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.

 

9


(b) Payments based upon subjective performance criteria. The term Performance-Based Compensation includes payments based upon subjective performance criteria, provided that -

(i) the subjective performance criteria are bona fide and relate to the performance of the participant service provider, a group of service providers that includes the participant service provider, or a business unit for which the participant service provider provides services (which may include the entire organization); and

(ii) the determination that any subjective performance criteria have been met is not made by the participant service provider or a family member of the participant service provider (as defined in Section 267(c)(4) of the Code applied as if the family of an individual includes the spouse of any member of the family), or a person under the effective control of the participant service provider or such a family member, and no amount of the compensation of the person making such determination is effectively controlled in whole or in part by the service provider or such a family member.

(c) Equity-based compensation. Compensation is Performance-Based Compensation if it is based solely on an increase in the value of the service recipient, or a share of stock in the service recipient, after the date of a grant or award. However, compensation payable for a service period that is equal to the value of a predetermined number of shares of stock, and is variable only to the extent that the value of such shares appreciates or depreciates, generally will not be Performance-Based Compensation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the attainment of a prescribed value for the service recipient (or a portion thereof), or a share of stock in the service recipient, may be used as a pre-established organizational criterion for purposes of providing performance-based compensation, provided that the other requirements of paragraph (a) above are satisfied. In addition, an award of equity-based compensation may constitute Performance-Based Compensation if entitlement to the compensation is subject to a condition that would cause the award to otherwise qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, such as a performance-based vesting condition.

 

10

Exhibit 10.5

DEFERRED PAYMENT PLAN

FOR DIRECTORS OF

BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)

1. Purpose .

The purpose of this Plan is to provide each Eligible Director with the opportunity to select the timing of receipt of his or her Compensation.

2. Eligibility .

Each Eligible Director shall be eligible to participate in this Plan.

3. Definitions .

The following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context requires a different meaning:

(a) “Beneficiary” shall mean the person(s) designated to receive the balance of an Eligible Director’s Deferred Account upon the death of the Eligible Director.

(b) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Code” shall mean, collectively, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury Regulations promulgated there under.

(d) “Company” shall mean Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation.

(e) “Compensation” shall mean the compensation payable by the Company to an Eligible Director for his or her services as a member of the Board and committees thereof, whether in the form of cash or shares of Stock.

(f) “Deferred Account” shall mean a bookkeeping reserve account established in the books of the Company and maintained in accordance with Section 5, below, to record Compensation which an Eligible Director has elected to defer, plus earnings and minus losses thereon.

(g) “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 2009, the effective date of the Plan as hereby amended and restated.

(h) “Election” shall mean the written election by an Eligible Director, pursuant to Section 4, below, to defer the receipt of all or a portion of his Compensation pursuant to this Plan.

(i) “Eligible Director” shall mean any member of the Board who is entitled to Compensation for his services as a member of the Board.


(j) “Plan” shall mean the Deferred Payment Plan for Directors of Bryn Mawr Trust Company, as set forth herein and as may be amended from time to time.

(k) “Separation from Service” means, with respect to an Eligible Director, his or her “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. To the extent required by the definition of “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code, “Separation from Service” shall mean an Eligible Director’s separation from service (as so defined) from both the Company and its affiliates.

(l) “Specified Employee” shall mean an Eligible Director who is a “specified employee” with respect to the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(m) “Stock” shall mean common stock of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation.

(n) “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of each calendar quarter.

4. Election .

(a) Prior to the commencement of the year 2009 and any subsequent calendar year, an Eligible Director may make an Election, pursuant to which payment of a specified percentage or flat dollar amount of his or her Compensation earned during such year and thereafter shall be deferred until a future date established pursuant to Section 6(b), below. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, however, in the case of any individual who first becomes an Eligible Director after the first day of a calendar year, the Eligible Director may make an Election at any time prior to the 30 th day following the date he or she first becomes an Eligible Director, provided that in no event shall such Election apply with respect to any Compensation earned by the Eligible Director prior to the date of the Election. The amount of Compensation specified in the Election shall be allocated to the Eligible Director’s Deferred Account as of the Valuation Date next following or coinciding with the date such Compensation would have been payable to the Eligible Director in the absence of the Election. An Eligible Director’s Election must be in writing, and in such form as the Company shall prescribe.

(b) An Eligible Director may modify or revoke his or her Election effective as of the commencement of any calendar year, provided such modification or revocation is in writing in such form as the Company shall prescribe, and is delivered to the Company in advance of such calendar year.

(c) An Eligible Director’s Election, or subsequent modification or revocation thereof, shall remain in effect during all calendar years after its effective date, unless and until modified or revoked, or a new Election is made, in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.

5. Administration of the Deferred Account .

(a) As of each Valuation Date the Company shall credit each Eligible Director’s Deferred Account with earnings (or losses) on the balance of the Deferred Account as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date in accordance with the earnings crediting options selected by the Eligible Director from the list of earnings crediting options made available by the Company for this purpose

 

2


from time to time. The rate of return, positive or negative, shall be based on the actual performance of the mutual fund(s) or other investment vehicle(s) designated by the Company as earnings crediting options and selected by the Eligible Director, as if the balance of the Account were actually invested in such fund(s) or other investment vehicle(s), net of asset based charges, including, without limitation, money management fees and fund administrative expenses.

An Eligible Director’s selection of earnings crediting options may be modified effective as of the first day of any calendar quarter, provided such modification is made and delivered to the Company sufficiently in advance of such date to permit the Company to effect such modification as of such date. An Eligible Director’s selection of earnings crediting options, or modification thereof, shall be in writing, and in such form as the Company shall prescribe. The Company shall provide notice to the Eligible Directors of any change to such earnings crediting options sufficiently in advance of the change to permit the Eligible Directors to act in response thereto.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that Compensation deferred pursuant to an Election would otherwise have been received by the Eligible Director in the form of shares Stock, the earnings crediting option with respect to such deferred Compensation shall automatically consist of shares of Stock for a period of one year following the Valuation Date as of which such Compensation is allocated to the Eligible Director’s Deferred Account. Thereafter the Eligible Director may elect alternative earnings crediting options in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.

(b) Each Eligible Director’s Deferred Account shall be reduced by the portion of any reasonable Plan administration or maintenance expenses allocated thereto by the Company. The amount of such Plan expenses allocated to each Deferred Account shall be determined by multiplying the total of such expenses by a fraction, the numerator of which is the balance of such Deferred Account as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding or coinciding with such allocation, and the denominator of which is the aggregate balance of all Deferred Accounts as of such Valuation Date.

(c) The Company may, in its discretion, establish a trust for the purpose of accumulating assets to satisfy its obligations hereunder, or its obligations under this Plan and similar plans which it may establish for the benefit of members of the Board, or both members of the Board and employees of the Company. Such trust shall include such terms, restrictions and limitations as necessary to ensure that it will be treated as a “grantor trust” within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code, with respect to the Company.

6. Distributions from Deferred Account .

(a) All distributions from an Eligible Director’s Deferred Account shall be in cash or shares Stock, as selected by the Eligible Director.

 

3


(b) Each Eligible Director’s first Election under this Plan shall specify the date as of which distribution of his or her Deferred Account shall commence. The Eligible Director’s choice of such distribution dates shall be limited to the following:

(i) the date as of which he or she Separates from Service;

(ii) the Eligible Director’s 65 th birthday; or

(iii) that number of whole years (not greater than three (3)) after the date as of which the Eligible Director Separates from Service.

Each Eligible Director’s first Election under this Plan shall further specify the form of distribution of his or her Deferred Account commencing at the specified commencement date. The Eligible Director’s choice of forms of distribution shall be limited to annual installments payable for a number of whole years specified by the Eligible Director, which number shall not exceed ten (10), or a single lump sum distribution. If distributions are to be made in installments, the amount of each installment shall be equal to the balance of the Deferred Account as of the Valuation Date preceding the date of distribution of the installment, divided by the number of installment payments remaining (including that installment). If the Eligible Director dies prior to the receipt of all installment distributions, the balance of the Deferred Account shall be distributed to his or her Beneficiary in a single lump sum. For this purpose, the balance of the Deferred Account shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of payment.

If the Eligible Director does not specify a commencement date pursuant to this Section 6(b), the Eligible Director shall be deemed to have specified a distribution date of the February 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he or she Separates from Service. If the Eligible Director does not specify a form of distribution, the Eligible Director shall be deemed to have specified a single lump sum distribution as the form of distribution.

In no event shall payment of the Deferred Account of an Eligible Director who is a Specified Employee on the date of his or her Separation from Service, on account of Separation from Service, commence before the date that is six months after the date of such Separation from Service.

(c) An Eligible Director may elect to change the timing or method of distribution (or both) previously designated (or deemed designated) pursuant to Section 6(b) above, by submission of a new designation to the Company, subject to the following limitations and any further limitations prescribed by Section 409A of the Code:

(i) no such new designation shall take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which it is made;

(ii) the first payment as a result of such new designation shall be made no earlier than five (5) years after the date such payment would have been made absent such new Election; and

 

4


(iii) in the case of a payment scheduled to be made or payments scheduled to commence upon the attainment of a specified age, the new designation must be made at least 12 months prior to the attainment of such age.

(d) In the event of an Eligible Director’s death prior to the distribution date established pursuant to Section 6(b) or Section 6(c), above, as the case may be, his or her Beneficiary shall receive the balance of the Eligible Director’s Deferred Account in a single lump sum as soon as practicable following the Eligible Director’s death. For purposes of this Section 6(d), the balance of the Deferred Account shall be the balance as of the Valuation Date preceding payment.

(e) Any amount distributed to an Eligible Director or Beneficiary under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable tax withholdings and other deductions mandated by law.

7. Designation of Beneficiary .

(a) Each Eligible Director shall file with the Company a written designation, in the form prescribed by the Company, of one or more persons as Beneficiary to receive the balance of the Eligible Director’s Deferred Account upon his or her death. For this purpose, the balance of the Deferred Account shall be the balance as of the Valuation Date preceding payment. The Eligible Director may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her Beneficiary designation by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to the Eligible Director’s death.

(b) If no such Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of the Eligible Director’s death, or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Eligible Director, the payment of the amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon his or her death shall be made to the Eligible Director’s estate.

8. Amendment or Termination .

(a) The Board reserves the right at any time to amend the Plan in whole or in part, retroactively or prospectively, for any reason and without the consent of any Eligible Director or Beneficiary, provided that no such amendment may adversely affect the rights of an Eligible Director or a Beneficiary with respect to amounts credited to the Eligible Director’s Deferred Account prior to such amendment or alter the timing of distribution of any Eligible Director’s Deferred Account.

(b) The Board reserves the right at any time to terminate this Plan. Upon termination of this Plan, all Elections with respect to the deferral of future Compensation shall terminate as of the date specified by the Board, but not before the earliest time permitted under Section 409A of the Code, and the Deferred Account of each Eligible Director shall be distributed at such time or times as it would have been distributed in the absence of termination, unless the Board, in its discretion, elects to distribute the Deferred Accounts of all Eligible Directors in some other manner but in no event prior to the earliest time permitted under Section 409A of the Code.

 

5


9. Miscellaneous .

(a) Nothing contained in the Plan shall give the Eligible Director the right to be retained in the service of the Company.

(b) If the Company shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, the Company may direct that any amount to which such person is entitled be paid to his or her spouse, a child, a relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Company to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Plan and the Company therefore.

(c) Except insofar as may otherwise be required by law, no amount payable at any time under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation by anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Eligible Director or his or her Beneficiary, nor be subject in any manner to the debts or liabilities of any person, and any attempt to so alienate or subject any such amount, whether presently or thereafter payable, shall be void.

(d) It is the intention of the Company that the Plan shall be unfunded for Federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, this Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Company to make payments hereunder in the future, and each Eligible Director or, if applicable, his or her Beneficiary, shall have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Plan. Except as provided by the terms of any trust established pursuant to Section 5(c), above, neither an Eligible Director nor his or her Beneficiary shall have any right, title, or interest in or to any assets which the Company may hold to aid it in meeting its obligations hereunder. Such assets, whether held in trust or otherwise, shall be unrestricted corporate assets.

(e) All rights under this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

* * * * *

I, /s/ Robert J. Ricciardi , Secretary of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved at a duly convened meeting of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation on
December 20, 2007.

 

6

Exhibit 10.6

DEFERRED PAYMENT PLAN

FOR DIRECTORS OF

BRYN MAWR TRUST COMPANY

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)

1. Purpose .

The purpose of this Plan is to provide each Eligible Director with the opportunity to select the timing of receipt of his or her Compensation.

2. Eligibility .

Each Eligible Director shall be eligible to participate in this Plan.

3. Definitions .

The following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context requires a different meaning:

(a) “Beneficiary” shall mean the person(s) designated to receive the balance of an Eligible Director’s Deferred Account upon the death of the Eligible Director.

(b) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Code” shall mean, collectively, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury Regulations promulgated there under.

(d) “Company” shall mean Bryn Mawr Trust Company.

(e) “Compensation” shall mean the compensation payable by the Company to an Eligible Director for his or her services as a member of the Board and committees thereof, whether in the form of cash or shares of Stock.

(f) “Deferred Account” shall mean a bookkeeping reserve account established in the books of the Company and maintained in accordance with Section 5, below, to record Compensation which an Eligible Director has elected to defer, plus earnings and minus losses thereon.

(g) “Effective Date” shall mean January 1, 2009, the effective date of the Plan as hereby amended and restated.

(h) “Election” shall mean the written election by an Eligible Director, pursuant to Section 4, below, to defer the receipt of all or a portion of his Compensation pursuant to this Plan.

(i) “Eligible Director” shall mean any member of the Board who is entitled to Compensation for his services as a member of the Board.


(j) “Plan” shall mean the Deferred Payment Plan for Directors of Bryn Mawr Trust Company, as set forth herein and as may be amended from time to time.

(k) “Separation from Service” means, with respect to an Eligible Director, his or her “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. To the extent required by the definition of “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code, “Separation from Service” shall mean an Eligible Director’s separation from service (as so defined) from both the Company and its affiliates.

(l) “Specified Employee” shall mean an Eligible Director who is a “specified employee” with respect to the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(m) “Stock” shall mean common stock of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation.

(n) “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of each calendar quarter.

4. Election .

(a) Prior to the commencement of the year 2009 and any subsequent calendar year, an Eligible Director may make an Election, pursuant to which payment of a specified percentage or flat dollar amount of his or her Compensation earned during such year and thereafter shall be deferred until a future date established pursuant to Section 6(b), below. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, however, in the case of any individual who first becomes an Eligible Director after the first day of a calendar year, the Eligible Director may make an Election at any time prior to the 30 th day following the date he or she first becomes an Eligible Director, provided that in no event shall such Election apply with respect to any Compensation earned by the Eligible Director prior to the date of the Election. The amount of Compensation specified in the Election shall be allocated to the Eligible Director’s Deferred Account as of the Valuation Date next following or coinciding with the date such Compensation would have been payable to the Eligible Director in the absence of the Election. An Eligible Director’s Election must be in writing, and in such form as the Company shall prescribe.

(b) An Eligible Director may modify or revoke his or her Election effective as of the commencement of any calendar year, provided such modification or revocation is in writing in such form as the Company shall prescribe, and is delivered to the Company in advance of such calendar year.

(c) An Eligible Director’s Election, or subsequent modification or revocation thereof, shall remain in effect during all calendar years after its effective date, unless and until modified or revoked, or a new Election is made, in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.

5. Administration of the Deferred Account .

(a) As of each Valuation Date the Company shall credit each Eligible Director’s Deferred Account with earnings (or losses) on the balance of the Deferred Account as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date in accordance with the earnings crediting options selected by the Eligible Director from the list of earnings crediting options made available by the Company for this purpose

 

2


from time to time. The rate of return, positive or negative, shall be based on the actual performance of the mutual fund(s) or other investment vehicle(s) designated by the Company as earnings crediting options and selected by the Eligible Director, as if the balance of the Account were actually invested in such fund(s) or other investment vehicle(s), net of asset based charges, including, without limitation, money management fees and fund administrative expenses.

An Eligible Director’s selection of earnings crediting options may be modified effective as of the first day of any calendar quarter, provided such modification is made and delivered to the Company sufficiently in advance of such date to permit the Company to effect such modification as of such date. An Eligible Director’s selection of earnings crediting options, or modification thereof, shall be in writing, and in such form as the Company shall prescribe. The Company shall provide notice to the Eligible Directors of any change to such earnings crediting options sufficiently in advance of the change to permit the Eligible Directors to act in response thereto.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that Compensation deferred pursuant to an Election would otherwise have been received by the Eligible Director in the form of shares Stock, the earnings crediting option with respect to such deferred Compensation shall automatically consist of shares of Stock for a period of one year following the Valuation Date as of which such Compensation is allocated to the Eligible Director’s Deferred Account. Thereafter the Eligible Director may elect alternative earnings crediting options in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.

(b) Each Eligible Director’s Deferred Account shall be reduced by the portion of any reasonable Plan administration or maintenance expenses allocated thereto by the Company. The amount of such Plan expenses allocated to each Deferred Account shall be determined by multiplying the total of such expenses by a fraction, the numerator of which is the balance of such Deferred Account as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding or coinciding with such allocation, and the denominator of which is the aggregate balance of all Deferred Accounts as of such Valuation Date.

(c) The Company may, in its discretion, establish a trust for the purpose of accumulating assets to satisfy its obligations hereunder, or its obligations under this Plan and similar plans which it may establish for the benefit of members of the Board, or both members of the Board and employees of the Company. Such trust shall include such terms, restrictions and limitations as necessary to ensure that it will be treated as a “grantor trust” within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code, with respect to the Company.

6. Distributions from Deferred Account .

(a) All distributions from an Eligible Director’s Deferred Account shall be in cash or shares Stock, as selected by the Eligible Director.

 

3


(b) Each Eligible Director’s first Election under this Plan shall specify the date as of which distribution of his or her Deferred Account shall commence. The Eligible Director’s choice of such distribution dates shall be limited to the following:

(i) the date as of which he or she Separates from Service;

(ii) the Eligible Director’s 65 th birthday; or

(iii) that number of whole years (not greater than three (3)) after the date as of which the Eligible Director Separates from Service.

Each Eligible Director’s first Election under this Plan shall further specify the form of distribution of his or her Deferred Account commencing at the specified commencement date. The Eligible Director’s choice of forms of distribution shall be limited to annual installments payable for a number of whole years specified by the Eligible Director, which number shall not exceed ten (10), or a single lump sum distribution. If distributions are to be made in installments, the amount of each installment shall be equal to the balance of the Deferred Account as of the Valuation Date preceding the date of distribution of the installment, divided by the number of installment payments remaining (including that installment). If the Eligible Director dies prior to the receipt of all installment distributions, the balance of the Deferred Account shall be distributed to his or her Beneficiary in a single lump sum. For this purpose, the balance of the Deferred Account shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of payment.

If the Eligible Director does not specify a commencement date pursuant to this Section 6(b), the Eligible Director shall be deemed to have specified a distribution date of the February 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he or she Separates from Service. If the Eligible Director does not specify a form of distribution, the Eligible Director shall be deemed to have specified a single lump sum distribution as the form of distribution.

In no event shall payment of the Deferred Account of an Eligible Director who is a Specified Employee on the date of his or her Separation from Service, on account of Separation from Service, commence before the date that is six months after the date of such Separation from Service.

(c) An Eligible Director may elect to change the timing or method of distribution (or both) previously designated (or deemed designated) pursuant to Section 6(b) above, by submission of a new designation to the Company, subject to the following limitations and any further limitations prescribed by Section 409A of the Code:

(i) no such new designation shall take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which it is made;

(ii) the first payment as a result of such new designation shall be made no earlier than five (5) years after the date such payment would have been made absent such new Election; and

 

4


(iii) in the case of a payment scheduled to be made or payments scheduled to commence upon the attainment of a specified age, the new designation must be made at least 12 months prior to the attainment of such age.

(d) In the event of an Eligible Director’s death prior to the distribution date established pursuant to Section 6(b) or Section 6(c), above, as the case may be, his or her Beneficiary shall receive the balance of the Eligible Director’s Deferred Account in a single lump sum as soon as practicable following the Eligible Director’s death. For purposes of this Section 6(d), the balance of the Deferred Account shall be the balance as of the Valuation Date preceding payment.

(e) Any amount distributed to an Eligible Director or Beneficiary under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable tax withholdings and other deductions mandated by law.

7. Designation of Beneficiary .

(a) Each Eligible Director shall file with the Company a written designation, in the form prescribed by the Company, of one or more persons as Beneficiary to receive the balance of the Eligible Director’s Deferred Account upon his or her death. For this purpose, the balance of the Deferred Account shall be the balance as of the Valuation Date preceding payment. The Eligible Director may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her Beneficiary designation by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to the Eligible Director’s death.

(b) If no such Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of the Eligible Director’s death, or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Eligible Director, the payment of the amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon his or her death shall be made to the Eligible Director’s estate.

8. Amendment or Termination .

(a) The Board reserves the right at any time to amend the Plan in whole or in part, retroactively or prospectively, for any reason and without the consent of any Eligible Director or Beneficiary, provided that no such amendment may adversely affect the rights of an Eligible Director or a Beneficiary with respect to amounts credited to the Eligible Director’s Deferred Account prior to such amendment or alter the timing of distribution of any Eligible Director’s Deferred Account.

(b) The Board reserves the right at any time to terminate this Plan. Upon termination of this Plan, all Elections with respect to the deferral of future Compensation shall terminate as of the date specified by the Board, but not before the earliest time permitted under Section 409A of the Code, and the Deferred Account of each Eligible Director shall be distributed at such time or times as it would have been distributed in the absence of termination, unless the Board, in its discretion, elects to distribute the Deferred Accounts of all Eligible Directors in some other manner but in no event prior to the earliest time permitted under Section 409A of the Code.

 

5


9. Miscellaneous .

(a) Nothing contained in the Plan shall give the Eligible Director the right to be retained in the service of the Company.

(b) If the Company shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, the Company may direct that any amount to which such person is entitled be paid to his or her spouse, a child, a relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Company to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Plan and the Company therefor.

(c) Except insofar as may otherwise be required by law, no amount payable at any time under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation by anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Eligible Director or his or her Beneficiary, nor be subject in any manner to the debts or liabilities of any person, and any attempt to so alienate or subject any such amount, whether presently or thereafter payable, shall be void.

(d) It is the intention of the Company that the Plan shall be unfunded for Federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, this Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Company to make payments hereunder in the future, and each Eligible Director or, if applicable, his or her Beneficiary, shall have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Plan. Except as provided by the terms of any trust established pursuant to Section 5(c), above, neither an Eligible Director nor his or her Beneficiary shall have any right, title, or interest in or to any assets which the Company may hold to aid it in meeting its obligations hereunder. Such assets, whether held in trust or otherwise, shall be unrestricted corporate assets.

(e) All rights under this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

* * * * *

I, /s/Robert J. Ricciardi , Secretary of Bryn Mawr Trust Company, hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved at a duly convened meeting of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of Bryn Mawr Trust Company on December 20, 2007.

 

6

Exhibit 10.20

LOGO

BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN

FOR SELECT EXECUTIVES


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE

ARTICLE I. PURPOSE

   1

ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS

   1

ARTICLE III. ELIGIBILITY

   4

ARTICLE IV. VESTING

   4

ARTICLE V. ACCRUED BENEFIT

   4

ARTICLE VI. ADDITIONAL STIPULATION ON BENEFITS

   6

ARTICLE VII. RETIREMENT BENEFITS

   7

ARTICLE VIII. ENTITLEMENT TO DEFERRED COMPENSATION

   9

ARTICLE IX. FUNDING OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION

   9

ARTICLE X. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

   10

ARTICLE XI. ADMINISTRATION

   10

ARTICLE XII. SECTION 409A AMOUNTS

   12

ARTICLE XIII. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

   13


ARTICLE XIV. MISCELLANEOUS

   14

APPENDIX A Designation of Beneficiary Form

   17

APPENDIX B List of Eligible Executives

   18

APPENDIX C Pension Plan Benefit Formula

   19


ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

1.01 The Plan is an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly- compensated employees. The Plan provides supplemental retirement income to Participants in excess of their employer-provided benefits under certain other plans and arrangements up to the maximum benefit specified in the Plan. The Plan is also intended to meet the applicable requirements of IRC Section 409A and applicable Treasury regulations related to Section 409A.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

2.01 “Accrued Benefit” means the benefit described in Article V and Appendix C.

2.02 “Actuarial Equivalent” means the following: an amount or benefit is the “Actuarial Equivalent” of, or is “Actuarially Equivalent” to, another amount or benefit as of a specified date, if the Actuarial Present Value as of the specified date of the first amount or benefit equals the Actuarial Present Value as of the specified date of the second amount or benefit, when calculated using the same actuarial assumptions. Actuarial Equivalence under this Plan will be determined as of the Participant’s benefit starting date, and the resulting benefit will be determined as provided in the Pension Plan expressed in the form of a single life annuity beginning on the Participant’s benefit starting date. Actuarial Equivalence for a single life annuity in this Plan will be determined as of the Beneficiary’s benefit starting date, and the resulting benefit will be expressed in the form of a single life annuity beginning on the Beneficiary’s benefit starting date.

2.03 “Actuarial Present Value” means the value as of a specified date of an amount or a series of amounts due before or thereafter, where each amount is multiplied by the probability that the condition or conditions on which payment of the amount is contingent will be satisfied, and where each amount so multiplied is then increased (if due before) or discounted (if due thereafter) according to an assumed rate of interest to reflect the time value of money. Unless the Plan specifies otherwise, the mortality table and interest rate used to calculate the Actuarial Present Value of an amount or series of amounts will be the mortality table and interest rate in effect under Section 417(e)(3)(A) of the Code 90 days before the Participant’s benefit starting date.

2.04 “Administrator” means the person or committee, appointed by the Board of Directors, that shall be responsible for administering the Plan.

 

1


2.05 “Affiliate” means a corporation of which the Corporation controls, directly or indirectly, at least 50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock.

2.06 Applicable Guidance” means as the context requires Code §§83, and 409A, Treas. Reg. §1.83, Treas. Reg. §§1.409A-1 through -6, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §§83, 409A including, as applicable, any Code §409A guidance in effect prior to January 1, 2008.

2.07 “Bank” means Bryn Mawr Trust Company and its successor organizations, if any.

2.08 “Beneficiary” means the surviving spouse or other person, persons or trust designated by a Participant as direct or contingent beneficiary to receive the amounts, if any, payable under the Plan upon his or her death, pursuant to Article X, below. If the Participant has not effectively designated his or her spouse or other designee, the Participant’s estate shall be the default beneficiary.

2.09 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.10 “Cause” means, a Participant’s conviction of, plea of guilty to, or plea of nolo contendere or no contest to a felony criminal charge relating to his or her actions or omissions in connection with his or her service or duties to the Company, the Bank, or an Affiliate of either.

2.11 “Change of Control” means any one or more of the following, with respect to the Company or the Bank:

(1) any “persons” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act in effect on the date first written above), other than Company or Bank or any “person” who on the date hereof is a director of officer of Company or Bank, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Company or Bank representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of Company’s or Bank’s then outstanding securities; or

(2) during any period of two consecutive calendar quarters, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of Company or Bank cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

2.12 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.13 “Company” means Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation.

 

2


2.14 Disability” means a medically-determinable disability of a permanent nature as a result of which a Participant is entitled to receive and is receiving disability benefits under the Social Security Act.

2.15 Employee” means a person providing services to the Employer as a common law employee (and not as a Contractor) as described in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(f)(1) and who, for any Taxable Year of the Employee, is on the cash receipts and disbursements method of accounting for Federal income tax purposes.

2.16 “Effective Date” of this Plan means April 1, 2008.

2.17 “Normal Retirement Date” means the first day of the month coincident with or next following a Participant’s 65 th birthday.

2.18 “Participant” means an individual who has met the eligibility requirements set forth in Article III.

2.19 “Participating Employer” means the Company and each Affiliate that has elected to participate in the Plan.

2.20 “Pension Plan” means the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation Pension Plan, as amended and as frozen for new service for accrued benefits and for salary increases effective March 31, 2008 as the same may be amended from time to time. If the Pension Plan is terminated in the future, its operating rules as referenced herein and used to calculate Accrued Benefits shall still be in effect for purposes of the operation of this Plan, unless also amended in the future.

2.21 “Plan” means this Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan for Select Executives, as set forth herein and as the same may be amended from time to time.

2.22 “Separation from Service” means the occurrence of an event or events with regard to a Participant’s employment that results in a “separation from service” with a Participating Employer within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For this purpose, a “Separation from Service” is deemed to occur on the date that the Company and the Participant reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform after the date would permanently decrease to less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services provided in the immediately preceding 36 months.

2.23 “Top Executives” means the Participants as listed in Appendix B, as the same may be supplemented from time to time.

2.24 “Trustee” means the individual or corporation appointed by the Company to serve as trustee of a trust established by the Company pursuant to Article VI, below.

 

3


2.25 “Years of Vesting Service” shall be determined in the same manner as under the Pension Plan.

ARTIICLE III

ELIGIBILITY

3.01 Eligible Employees. Plan Participants shall be Top Executives as defined above and as specified in Appendix B.

ARTICLE IV

VESTING

4.01 For purposes of this Plan, the Participants as set forth in Appendix B shall have a vested interest in their Accrued Benefits in this Plan only if they complete five Years of Vesting Service.

4.02 Notwithstanding Article 4.01 above, a Participant’s vested interest upon and at all times following a Change of Control while he or she is employed by a Participating Employer shall be one hundred percent (100%).

ARTICLE V

ACCRUED BENEFIT

5.01. Method of Determining Accrued Benefit. An individual Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be determined as provided under this Article, and elsewhere in the Plan. The Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan shall be a monthly benefit equal to the amount set forth in Section 5.02 below subject to the required reductions as set forth in Article 5.03 below, payable in the form of a single life annuity beginning on his Normal Retirement Date, and reduced for early commencement in accordance with the terms of the Pension Plan.

5.02 Accrued Benefit Formula. The annual benefit to which a Participant or his Beneficiary shall be entitled under the Plan is the excess, if any, of:

(a) the annual benefit that would have been paid to such Participant or his Beneficiary under the Pension Plan, if the Participant’s benefit under the Pension Plan were calculated without regard to the freeze in benefits thereunder as of March 31, 2008, and –

 

  (1) without regard to the limitations of Code Section 415 on maximum annual benefits;

 

4


  (2) without regard to the limitations of Code Section 401(a)(17) on maximum annual compensation; and

 

  (3) by including with the term “Compensation” (as defined in the Pension Plan) bonus amounts paid with respect to 1997 or later years and which were deferred to the Deferred Bonus Plan for Executives of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation; over

(b) the annual benefit that is actually paid to such Participant or his Beneficiary under the Pension Plan (or had been paid if the Pension Plan is terminated prior to commencement of benefits under this Plan) and accrued up to March 31, 2008 as per Amendment Number 2 to the Pension Plan.

The terms of the Pension Plan shall control for purposes of determining the annual benefit described in paragraph (a) above, except as noted therein. The pertinent terms of the Pension Plan include, but are not limited to, those set forth in Appendix C hereto.

5.03. Required Reductions. The monthly installments otherwise included in a Participant’s Accrued Benefit will be reduced as follows:

(a) First, if payments commence before age 65, the Normal Retirement Date under the Pension Plan, his Accrued Benefit will be reduced in accordance with the reduction factors set forth in the Pension Plan.

(b) Second, each monthly installment will be reduced by the monthly amount of a benefit that is the Actuarial Equivalent of all employer-provided benefits the Participant has received, is receiving, or is expected to receive under any qualified or nonqualified defined benefit plan (other than the Pension Plan or this Plan) maintained by the Company or any entity that would be aggregated with the Company under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, including but not limited to, the Bryn Mawr Corporation Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (“SERP I”). The amount of the Participant’s employer-provided benefits under other defined benefit plans will be determined as of the Participant’s benefit starting date. Employer-provided benefits provided to an alternate payee under a domestic relations order will be treated as if they were provided to the Participant.

(c) Third, each monthly installment will be further reduced by the monthly amount of a benefit that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the employer-provided, fully-vested 3% discretionary contributions to the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation 401(k) Plan account balances accumulated on the Participant’s behalf since the contributions were initiated by the Company after March 31, 2008, or under any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or any entity that would be

 

5


aggregated with the Company under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code. Employer-provided account balances do not include any portion of an account balance attributable to salary reduction contributions made by the Participant, regardless of whether the contributions are made on a pre-tax or an after-tax basis. Account balances will be determined as of 30 days before the Participant’s benefit starting date. Distributions previously made from the Participant’s accounts will be taken into account, plus interest from the date of distribution. Employer-provided account balances provided to an alternate payee under a domestic relations order will be treated as if they were provided to the Participant.

(d) Fourth, after the preceding reductions have been made, the resulting monthly installment will be further reduced by multiplying it by the Participant’s Vested Percentage. The Vested Percentage is 100 percent in the case of a Participant with 5 or more Years of Vesting Service, and zero percent in the case of a Participant with less than 5 Years of Vesting Service as determined under the Pension Plan (except in the case of a Change of Control as set forth in Section 4.02).

ARTICLE VI

ADDITIONAL STIPULATION ON BENEFITS

6.01 Payment of Benefits. The method of a Participant’s benefit payments (or those of his Beneficiary) under the Plan shall in general be identical to the manner in which such Participant’s benefits are provided and paid under the Pension Plan as of March 31, 2008 with the exceptions of Article 6.03 below and other related Section 409A considerations. All payments hereunder shall end at the same time all payments to the Participant and his Beneficiary under the Pension Plan end.

6.02 Cash-Out. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this document, if the present value of the Participant’s benefits under this Plan, as calculated in the same manner as under the Pension Plan, is less than $5,000, the Administrator shall cause such benefits to be paid to the Participant in a cash lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following the date the Participant becomes entitled to a distribution under this Plan

6.03 Payment Delay for all Participants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or in a payment election, the Plan shall not make payment, based on a Separation from Service to a Participant earlier than 6 months following such Separation from Service. Payments that otherwise would be payable during the foregoing 6-month period will be accumulated without interest and payment delayed until the first business day of the seventh month that is after the 6-month period (or if earlier, within 15 days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Participant’s estate following the Participant’s death). This Article does not apply to payments made on account of a domestic relations order, payments made because of a conflict of interest, or payment of employment taxes, all as described in Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(i)(2)(i).

 

6


6.04 Default Provision. Subject to the provisions of this section and Section 5 above, a Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall begin to be paid no later than 60 days following the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the later of his (a) Normal Retirement Date, or (b) actual Separation from Service.

ARTICLE VII

RETIREMENT BENEFITS

7.01. Normal Retirement Benefit. A Participant who retires from service with a Participating Employer on his Normal Retirement Date is entitled to a Normal Retirement Benefit. Unless a Participant elects otherwise as provided for below, he will receive his Normal Retirement Benefit in the form of a single life annuity beginning on his Normal Retirement Date, subject to the delay required by Section 6.03 above. The monthly installments made under his Normal Retirement Benefit will be the same as the monthly installments under his Accrued Benefit.

7.02 Late Retirement Benefit. A Participant who retires from service with a Participating Employer after his Normal Retirement Date is entitled to a Late Retirement Benefit based on his Years of Service for Benefit Accrual and Average Annual Compensation up to his Late Retirement Date. Unless he elects otherwise, he will receive his Late Retirement Benefit in the form of a single life annuity beginning on the first day of the month after he retires from service, subject to the delay prescribed by Section 6.03 above. The monthly installments made under his Late Retirement Benefit will be the same as the monthly installments under his Accrued Benefit, beginning with the monthly installment for the month that includes his Late Retirement Date. However, he will not receive any monthly installments that would have been made if he had retired before his Late Retirement Date, and no adjustment will be made in his Late Retirement Benefit to reflect the loss of these installments.

7.03 Early Retirement Benefit. A Participant who retires from service with the Company on or after age 55, but before his Normal Retirement Date is entitled to an Early Retirement Benefit if he or she has at least 15 Years of Vesting Service based on his Years of Service for Benefit Accrual and Average Annual Compensation up to his Early Retirement Date. He will receive his Early Retirement Benefit in the form of a single life annuity beginning on the first day of the month after the date he retires from service with the Company, subject to the delay set forth in Section 6.03 above. The monthly installments made under his Early Retirement Benefit will be the same as the monthly installments under his Accrued Benefit. Actuarial reductions for a benefit commencing before Normal Retirement Date shall be applied by the Actuary similar to those set forth in Section 3.2 of the Pension Plan.

 

7


7.04 Vested Retirement Benefit. A Participant whose employment with the Company terminates for any reason before completing 15 years of Vesting Service and attaining age 55 but following a Change of Control is entitled to a Vested Retirement Benefit. He will receive his Vested Retirement Benefit in the form of a single life annuity after the later of the date he terminates employment or the date he attains age 55, subject to the delay set forth in Section 6.03 above. The monthly installments made under his Vested Retirement Benefit will be the same as the monthly installments under his Accrued Benefit.

7.05 Disability Retirement Benefit. A Participant who becomes Disabled before his employment with the Company terminates and before he reaches Normal Retirement Date satisfies the requirements for a Retirement Benefit under this Article if he or she has reached age 55 and has at least 15 years of service. In that case, the Participant would be entitled to a Disability Retirement Benefit that is computed based on the number of Years of Service for Benefit Accrual that he would have earned had he continued in employment to his Normal Retirement Date, assuming he would have been credited with 1,000 Hours of Service for each Plan Year to his Normal Retirement Date, and assuming that his actual Compensation in the last full calendar year of active participation before the date of his Disability remains level to his Normal Retirement Date. If a disabled Participant ceases to be disabled before his Normal Retirement Date, he shall be reinstated as an active Participant if he is reemployed with a Participating Employer or he shall be considered a terminated vested Participant with his Accrued Benefit determined as of the date he ceases to be disabled. Under the circumstances set forth above, he will receive his Disability Retirement Benefit in the form of a single life annuity beginning on his Normal Retirement Date. The monthly installments made under his Disability Retirement Benefit will be the same as the monthly installments under his Accrued Benefit.

7.06 Joint & Survivor Annuity Option and other payment choices. A Participant may elect to receive his Retirement Benefit in the form of one of the other optional forms of benefit payment as set forth in the Pension Plan as follows:

 

  a) Period certain annuity for 120 monthly payments;

 

  b) Joint and Survivor Annuity at 60% or 100% survivor levels; or

 

  c) Social Security Bridge before age 62 as provided in the Pension Plan, but solely with respect to the portion of an Employee’s Accrued Benefit earned up to December 31, 1991.

These optional forms of benefit payment may begin on the first day of any month on which the Participant is entitled to begin receiving his Retirement Benefit and will be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Retirement Benefit that would have been payable to him in the form of a single life annuity beginning on that day. Any election under this Article must be made before the Participant’s benefit starting date and may not be changed or revoked after that date. All optional forms of benefit in the Pension Plan shall carry over and shall be available to Participants in this Plan, including the pre-retirement survivor annuity option. For example, the surviving spouse of a participant will also receive post-freeze accruals (following the Pension Plan freeze) under the Plan.

 

8


ARTICLE VIII

ENTITLEMENT TO DEFERRED COMPENSATION

8.01 All amounts payable pursuant to this Plan shall be subject to all applicable Federal, state and local tax withholding requirements, and other charges and assessments imposed by law.

8.02 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, or the vesting rules of Article IV, if the Participant’s employment with the Company or the Bank is terminated for Cause as defined in this Plan prior to the commencement of payments, he shall forfeit his vested interest in the Account, and no payments to him or his Beneficiary shall be made under this Plan. If a Participant’s employment with the Company or the Bank is terminated for Cause after the commencement of payments, he shall forfeit his remaining interest in the Account, and no further payments to him or his Beneficiary shall be made under this Plan. A Participant shall have the normal claims procedure rights and rights of appeal as set forth under Article XI.

8.03 If as a result of a Change of Control and either subsequent actual or constructive termination or a dispute with new management as to the amount or entitlement of his/her Accrued Benefit, the provisions of the Participant’s Change in Control agreement as to “Settlement of All Disputes” shall be operative in such case. If a Participant needs to obtain legal assistance to defend his or her interests in this Plan, the Bank shall reimburse the Participant for all reasonable and necessary legal expenses incurred as a result of defending his interests. If there is a dispute as to what is reasonable and necessary, the above shall be submitted to binding arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association (AAA).

ARTICLE IX

FUNDING OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION

9.01 Except as provided by the terms of the trust established pursuant to Article 9.02, below, neither the Participants nor their Beneficiaries shall have any right, title, or interest in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations hereunder. Such investments, whether held in trust or otherwise, shall be unrestricted corporate assets.

9.02 The Company shall establish a trust with the Bank’s Wealth Management Division as Trustee for the purpose of funding the Deferred Compensation provided hereunder. The trust shall include such terms, restrictions and limitations as are necessary to ensure that it will be treated as a “grantor trust” within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter I, subtitle A of the Code, with respect to the Company. Moreover, the trust shall be evidenced by an agreement substantially similar to the form of

 

9


the model trust agreement set forth in Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure 92-64, including any modification to such Revenue Procedure, and include provisions required in such model trust agreement that all assets of the trust shall be subject to the claims of creditors of the Company in the event of its insolvency. Any assets of the trust remaining after the obligations to the Participants and their Beneficiaries have been satisfied shall be paid to the Company.

9.03 Notwithstanding any provision of the trust to the contrary, all expenses of the trust, and any taxes that may be levied against the trust, shall be paid by the Company, other than taxes required to be withheld from payments of trust assets to the Participants or their Beneficiaries. In the event that any trust assets are used to pay expenses or taxes of the trust, the Company shall reimburse the trust within five business days of such payment.

ARTICLE X

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES

10.01 If a Benefit payment election other than a single life annuity is filed with the Administrator by a Participant, that Participant shall file with the Company a written designation in the form attached hereto as Appendix A of one or more persons as Beneficiaries to receive the amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon their deaths. The Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her Beneficiary designation by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling, provided, however, that no designation, change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to the Participant’s death.

10.02 If no such Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of a Participant ‘s death, or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the payment of the amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon his or her death shall be made to his or her surviving spouse; if no surviving spouse, to the Participant’s surviving children equally; if no surviving children, to the Participant’s surviving grandchildren equally; if no surviving grandchildren, to the Participant’s estate.

ARTICLE XI

ADMINISTRATION

11.01 The Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to determine eligibility for payments under the Plan and to construe, interpret and administer the Plan, and shall do so in a manner that is consistent with the requirements and limitations of Section 409A of the Code. The Administrator will administer and interpret the Plan, including making a determination of the vested accrued benefit due any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan. As a condition of receiving any Plan benefit to which a Participant or Beneficiary otherwise may be entitled, a Participant or Beneficiary will provide such information and will perform such other

 

10


acts as the Administrator reasonably may request. The Administrator may retain agents to assist in the administration of the Plan and may delegate to agents such duties as it sees fit. The decision of the Administrator or its designee concerning the administration of the Plan is final and is binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan. The Administrator will indemnify, defend and hold harmless any employee designated by the Administrator to assist in the administration of the Plan from any and all loss, damage, claims, expense or liability with respect to this Plan (collectively, “claims”) except claims arising from the intentional acts or gross negligence of the employee.

11.02 ERISA Claims Procedure. Because this Plan is established as a “top-hat plan” within the meaning of DOL Reg. §2520.104-23, the following claims procedure under DOL Reg. §2560.503-1 applies. A Participant or Beneficiary may file with the Administrator a written claim for benefits, if the Participant or Beneficiary disputes the Administrator’s determination regarding the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Plan benefit. However, the Administrator will cause the Plan to pay only such benefits as the Administrator in its discretion determines a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive. The Administrator under this Article will provide a separate written document to affected Participants and Beneficiaries which explains the Plan’s claims procedure and which by this reference is incorporated into the Plan.

11.03 A Participant or, in the event of the Participant’s death, the Executive’s Beneficiary, may file a written claim for payment hereunder with the Administrator. In the event of a denial of any payment due to or requested by the Participant or Beneficiary (the “claimant”), the Administrator will give the claimant written notification containing specific reasons for the denial. The written notification will contain specific reference to the pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the denial of the claim is based. In addition, it will contain a description of any other material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect a claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary. The notification will provide further appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit the claim for review and the time limits applicable thereto, and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. This written notification will be given to a claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim by the Administrator unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, in which case the Administrator shall provide written notice of the extension to the claimant and the reasons therefore, and the date by which the Administrator expects to make its determination with respect to the claim. In no event shall such extension exceed 90 days.

11.04 In the event of a denial of a claim for benefits, the claimant or a duly authorized representative will be permitted to submit issues and comments in writing to the Administrator and to submit documents, records and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The claimant or a duly authorized representative shall also be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits. In addition, the claimant or a duly authorized representative may make a written request for a full and fair review of the claim and its denial by the Administrator that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant, without

 

11


regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefits determination; provided, however, that such written request is received by the Administrator (or its delegate) within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of written notification of the denial. The sixty (60) day requirement may be waived by the Administrator in appropriate cases.

11.05 A decision on review of a claim for benefits will be rendered by the Administrator within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. Under special circumstances, an extension (up to an additional 60 days) can be granted for processing the decision. Notice of this extension must be provided in writing to the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial sixty-day period. In no event will the decision be rendered more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the initial request for review. Any decision by the Administrator will be furnished to the claimant in writing and will set forth the specific reasons for the decision and the specific provisions on which the decision is based. The claimant or a duly authorized representative shall also be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

11.06 Costs and Expenses. Investment charges will be borne by the assets of the Trust in general. The Company will pay the other costs, expenses and fees associated with the operation of the Plan, excluding those incurred by Participants or Beneficiaries. The Company will pay costs, expenses or fees charged by or incurred by the Trustee only as provided in the Trust or other agreement between the Company and the Trustee. The next sentence shall be governed in general by the Section of the Participant’s Change of Control agreement that refers to reimbursement of expenses incurred in defending his/her interests. As referenced earlier, if as a result of a Change of Control as referenced in Article 8.03 and the subsequent dispute as to amount or entitlement or actual or constructive termination, a Participant needs to obtain legal assistance to defend his or her interests, the Bank shall reimburse the Participant for all necessary and reasonable legal expenses incurred as a result of defending his/her interests.

11.07 Reporting. The Company will report payment of deferred compensation for Participants in general on Form W-2.

ARTICLE XII

SECTION 409A AMOUNTS

12.01 409A Amounts. The terms of this Plan shall control as to any 409A Amount.

12.02 Possible Nonuniformity. The Company in its Plan amendments may specify such Plan terms as will apply to all Participants uniformly or as may apply to a given Participant. Except where the Plan or Applicable Guidance require uniformity in order to comply with Code §409A, the Company need not provide the same Plan benefits or apply the same Plan terms and conditions to all Participants, even as to Participants who are of similar pay, title and other status with a Participating Employer. The elections

 

12


the Company makes in its Plan apply uniformly to all Participants, except to the extent the Company adopts inconsistent provisions with respect to one or more Participants in a separate attachment designated as “Exhibit A” and attached to the Plan. The Company may create a separate Exhibit A for one or more Participants, specifying such terms and conditions as are applicable to a given Participant. The Company, in Exhibit A, may modify any Plan provision as to one or more Participants.

12.03 Plan’s purpose. The Plan is intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code. The Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner that does not result in the imposition of additional taxes or interest under Section 409A of the Code.

12.04 Tax Effect. The Company does not guarantee any particular tax effect. The Company shall not be liable for any payment that is made in accordance with the terms of the Plan but is determined to result in any additional tax, penalty, or interest under Section 409A of the Code, nor for reporting in good faith any payment made under this Plan an amount includible in gross income under Section 409A of the Code. The Participant shall remain liable for all taxes, interest or penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

13.01 The Company may amend the Plan at any time to the extent necessary to comply with any requirement or limitation set forth in Section 409A of the Code or to add Participants by revising Appendix B hereto.

13.02 Termination. The Company may terminate, but is not required to terminate and liquidate the Plan which includes the distribution of all Plan Accrued Benefits under either of the following circumstances, in either case in accordance with the applicable requirements under Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder:

 

  (a)

The Company or other service recipient with respect to the Plan (within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) may terminate and liquidate the Plan by irrevocable action taken within 30 days preceding or the 12 months following a change in control event (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)), provided that all agreements, methods, programs and other arrangements sponsored by the service recipient immediately after the time of the change in control event with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single plan under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(c)(2) are terminated and liquidated with respect to each participant thereunder that experienced the change in control event, so that under the terms of the termination and

 

13


 

liquidation all such participants are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated agreements, methods, programs and other arrangements within 12 months of the date the service recipient irrevocably take all necessary steps to terminate and liquidate the agreements, methods, programs and other arrangements. For purposes of this paragraph (a), the applicable service recipient with the discretion to liquidate and terminate the agreements, methods, programs and other arrangements is the service recipient that is primarily liable immediately after the transaction for the payment of the deferred compensation.

 

  (b) Dissolution/Bankruptcy. The Company may terminate and liquidate the Plan within 12 months following a corporate dissolution taxable under Code §331 or with approval of a Bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that all Accrued Benefits are included in the Participants’ gross income in the latest of (or, if earlier, the taxable year in which the amount is actually or constructively received): (i) the calendar year in which the Plan termination and liquidation occurs; (ii) the first calendar year in which the amounts no longer are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

13.03 Fair Construction. The Company, Participants and Beneficiaries intend that this Plan in form and in operation comply with Code 409A, the regulations thereunder, and all other present and future Applicable Guidance. The Company and any other party with authority to interpret or administer the Plan will interpret the Plan terms in a manner which is consistent with applicable law. However, as required under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(c)(1), the “interpretation” of the Plan does not permit the deletion of material terms which are expressly contrary to Code §409A and the regulations thereunder and also does not permit the addition of missing terms necessary to comply therewith. Such deletions or additions may be accomplished only be means of a Plan amendment under this Article.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

14.01 Nothing contained in the Plan shall give the Participants the right to be retained in the employment of the Company or the Bank or affect the right of either to dismiss any of the Participants. The adoption of the Plan shall not constitute a contract between the Company and the Participants.

14.02 If the Company shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, the Company may direct that any amount to which such person is entitled be paid to his or her spouse, a child, a relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Company to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Plan and the Company therefor.

 

14


14.03 No assignment. No Participant or Beneficiary has the right to anticipate, alienate, assign, pledge, encumber, sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise in any manner convey in advance of actual receipt, the Participant’s Account. Except insofar as may otherwise be required by law, no amount payable at any time under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation by anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participants or Beneficiaries nor be subject in any manner to the debts or liabilities of any person, and any attempt to do so alienate or subject any such amount, whether presently or thereafter payable, shall be void.

14.04 Securities or Other Laws. The Plan may delay payment to a Participant if the Employer reasonably anticipates that the payment will violate Federal securities law or other applicable law. The Plan will commence or cease payments at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the payment will not cause a violation of such laws. For purposes of this Article, a violation of “other applicable law” does not include a payment which would cause inclusion of the payment in the Participant’s gross income or which would subject the Participant to any Code penalty or other Code provision.

14.05 Withholding. The Company will withhold from any payment made under the Plan and from any amount taxable under Code §409A, all applicable taxes, and any and all other amounts required to be withheld under Applicable Guidance.

14.06 Participant Elections. A Participant’s payment election is not considered made for any purpose under the Plan until both: (i) the Administrator approves the election; and (ii) the election has become irrevocable. A Participant’s payment election is always revocable until the Administrator accepts the election, which acceptance must occur within the 60 days of its being presented to the Administrator.

14.07 Notice and Elections. Any notice given or election made under the Plan must be in writing and must be delivered or mailed by certified mail, to the Company, the Trustee or to the Participant or Beneficiary as appropriate. The Company will prescribe the form of any Plan notice or election to be given to or made by Participants. Any notice or election will be deemed given or made as of the date of delivery, or if given or made by certified mail, as of 3 business days after mailing.

14.08 Costs and Expenses. The Company will pay the other costs, expenses and fees associated with the operation of the Plan, excluding those incurred by Participants or Beneficiaries. The Company will pay costs, expenses or fees charged by or incurred by the Trustee only as provided in the trust agreement or other agreement between the Company and the Trustee.

14.09 Reporting. The Company will report benefits hereunder for Participants on Form W-2 in accordance with Applicable Guidance.

 

15


14.10 It is the intention of the Company that the Plan shall be unfunded for Federal income tax purposes and for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

14.11 All rights under this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except to the extent such laws are superseded by the laws of the United States.

 

********************   ********************   *******************

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed by its authorized officers as of this 8 th day of
December, 2008.

 

ATTEST:     BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION
/s/ Robert J Ricciardi     By:   /s/ Frederick C. Peters
Secretary      

 

16


BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN FOR SELECT EXECUTIVES

APPENDIX A Ÿ

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

Pursuant to the above-referenced Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan for Select Executives (“Plan”), I,                                      , hereby designate the following person(s) or entity(ies) as beneficiary(ies) of any and all amounts which shall be payable pursuant to the Plan by reason of or following my death and revoke all such prior beneficiary designations:

 

Primary Beneficiary I

  

Primary Beneficiary II (optional)

Name:    Name:
Address:    Address:
SSN/EIN:    SSN/EIN:
Relationship:    Relationship:
Percentage:    Percentage:

Contingent Beneficiary I

  

Contingent Beneficiary II (optional)

Name:    Name:
Address:    Address:
SSN/EIN:    SSN/EIN:
Relationship:    Relationship:
Percentage:    Percentage:

 

           
(signature)     (date)

 

 

This form should be revised if more than two Primary Beneficiaries or more than two Contingent Beneficiaries are to be designated.

 

17


BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN FOR SELECT EXECUTIVES

APPENDIX B—LIST OF ELIGIBLE EXECUTIVES

The following individuals shall be eligible to participate in the SERP effective April 1, 2008:

 

   

Frederick C. Peters II

 

   

Robert J. Ricciardi

 

   

Alison E. Gers

 

   

Joseph G. Keefer

 

   

J. Duncan Smith

 

   

Matthew G. Waschull

 

   

June M. Falcone

 

   

Karen A. Fahrner

 

   

Martin F. Gallagher, Jr.

 

   

Geoffrey L. Halberstadt

 

18


BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN FOR SELECT EXECUTIVES

APPENDIX C—PENSION PLAN BENEFIT PLAN FORMULA

The terms of the Pension Plan applicable for purposes of determining a Participant’s Accrued Benefit under this Plan include, but are not limited to, the following.

(a) A Participant’s “Normal Retirement Benefit” will be determined based on a retirement benefit formula equal to the sum of a Participant’s “Past Service Benefit” and a Participant’s “Future Service Benefit.” A Participant’s Past Service Benefit is the greater of:

 

   

A Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of December 31, 1988 determined under the terms of the Pension Plan on that date, with Compensation for each Plan Year limited to $200,000; or

 

   

1.3 % of a Participant’s Average Annual Compensation, multiplied by a Participant’s Years of Service for Benefit Accrual before 1989 (with no limit on service); plus 0.5% of Average Annual Compensation in excess of Covered Compensation, multiplied by a Participant’s Years of Service for Benefit Accrual before 1989 (with a maximum of 35 such years minus the number of a Participant’s Years of Service for Benefit Accrual used in determining the Past Service Benefit).

A Participant’s Future Service Benefit is:

 

   

1.3 % of a Participant’s Average Annual Compensation, multiplied by a Participant’s Years of Service for Benefit Accrual after 1988 (with no limit on service); plus 0.5% of Average Annual Compensation in excess of Covered Compensation, multiplied by a Participant’s Years of Service for Benefit Accrual after 1988 (with a maximum of 35 such years minus the number of a Participant’s Years of Service for Benefit Accrual used in determining the Past Service Benefit).

(b) A Participant’s “Average Annual Compensation” is the average annual Compensation for the five consecutive calendar years during the 10 full consecutive years of active participation ending before or with the earliest of the Participant’s retirement date, death, or other termination of employment, as applicable, for which the average is the highest. If the Participant has received Compensation from the Employer for fewer than five calendar years prior to the event that causes a benefit to be payable under the Pension Plan, his Average Annual Compensation shall be determined based on his total calendar years of employment as of the date of his severance from service. Calendar years for which a Participant does not receive any credit for a Year of Service for Benefit Accrual shall be disregarded in determining Average Annual Compensation.

 

19


(c) “Compensation” means all amounts that are treated as wages for Federal income tax withholding under Section 3401(a) of the Code (determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed), plus amounts that would be paid to the Employee during the year but for Employee’s election under a cash or deferred arrangement described in Section 401(k) of the Code or a cafeteria plan described in Section 125 of the Code, or, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2000, pursuant to a salary reduction agreement under Section 132(f)(4) of the Code. Except as expressly provided in the preceding sentence, however, “Compensation” shall not include the compensatory portion of the exercise of any stock option or stock appreciation right, severance pay, the compensatory portion of any life insurance program maintained by the Employer, contributions by the Employer to the Pension Plan or any other plan or plans for the benefit of its employees, fringe benefits, or amounts identified by the Employer as expense allowances or reimbursements regardless of whether such amounts are treated as wages under the Code. Compensation shall also not include bonuses paid (and not deferred under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan) before 1988 and overtime pay paid before 1989.

 

20

Exhibit 13.1

Commission File No. 0-15261

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

 

BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION


LOGO


LOGO

Our Mission

 

 

To operate the Corporation and its subsidiaries in a sound and ethical manner.

 

 

To provide our shareholders with a return on their investment, superior to comparative bank stock indices.

 

 

To provide the highest quality products and the finest service to our clients.

 

 

To be an active and contributing member of the communities we serve.

 

 

To provide a working environment for our employees that is supportive, challenging, positive and fair.


LOGO

Our Value Proposition

 

 

At Bryn Mawr Trust we have only the highest quality banking and investment services. Our staff consists of well-trained professionals who understand that friendly and prompt service is of the utmost importance to our clients.

 

 

All clients have access to senior management, including the President.

 

 

Bryn Mawr Trust has been an independent local bank and trust company for over a century. We are truly community bankers, dedicated to making the Philadelphia area a better place for residents and businesses.

Our Core Strategies

 

 

Concentrate on our four competencies — Wealth and Private Banking, Business Banking, “High Touch” Retail Banking, and Mortgage Banking.

 

 

Expand the Bank’s geographic footprint.

 

 

Increase loans and deposits 8-12% per year. Maximize our net interest margin.

 

 

Maintain our obsession with client service. Constant emphasis and monitoring by all levels of management.

 

 

Build an aggressive sales culture. Continue to develop incentive compensation programs that emphasize new business development and client retention.

 

 

Maintain a close control on expenses.

ANNUAL MEETING

The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation will be held at Saint Davids Golf Club, 845 Radnor Street Road, Wayne, PA 19087, on Wednesday, April 22, 2009, at 9:00 a.m.

STOCK LISTING

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation common stock is traded over-the-counter and is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market System under the symbol BMTC.

FORM 10-K

A copy of the Corporation’s Form 10-K, including financial statement schedules as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is available on our website www.bmtc.com or upon written request to Robert J. Ricciardi, Secretary, Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation, 801 Lancaster Avenue, Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania 19010, or via e-mail to bricciardi@bmtc.com.

EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY

The Corporation continues its commitment to equal opportunity employment and does not discriminate against minorities or women with respect to recruitment, hiring, training, or promotion. It is the policy of the Corporation to comply voluntarily with the practices of Affirmative Action.

Pictured on our cover is our new West Chester Regional Banking Center.

 

1

2008 ANNUAL REPORT


Letter to Shareholders

LOGO

DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDERS,

The financial crises of 2008 affected most every banking institution in the nation, including Bryn Mawr Trust. Fortunately, while our earnings were down from the previous year, we still made a respectable profit and continued to grow and position the Bank for the future.

Let me first touch on some of our accomplishments for the year.

 

 

In July we acquired Lau Associates LLC, a highly-sophisticated investment advisory firm and multi-family office in Wilmington, Delaware with over half a billion dollars of assets under management and supervision. Judy Lau, founder and CEO of Lau Associates, is a dynamic and skilled leader who has attracted wealthy families as clients from up and down the east coast.

 

 

We opened a large regional retail and business banking office in West Chester, PA. This facility will act as the focal point for our strategy of expanding into growing Chester County. This now gives us three branches in that County, including Paoli and Exton.

 

 

Our loan portfolio grew to almost $900 million, a 12% increase over 2007. We remain the premier business, private banking, and consumer lending financial institution in the Philadelphia area.

 

 

Regulatory capital levels at December 31, 2008 continue to exceed the regulatory minimum for “well capitalized” at both the Bank and Corporate level.

 

 

During the third quarter, we received a trust charter from the state of Delaware to open The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware. We have office space in Wilmington and have already begun to sign-up new clients attracted by that state’s special trust laws, sometimes know as the “Delaware Advantage”. Serving as Chairman and President of this important new initiative is Matt Waschull.

Now for the issues in 2008 that affected our financial performance.

 

 

Sharply falling interest rates resulted in a contraction of our net interest margin, as we were not able to drop deposit rates (due largely to somewhat irrational deposit pricing pressure from large, troubled banks such as Wachovia and Citibank) as quickly as loan rates fell.

 

 

During the fourth quarter we were required to book an approximate $640,000 impairment charge of our “mortgage servicing rights” portfolio. This non-cash expense was a result of the fast decline in residential mortgage rates. There is a good chance, however, that we may recoup some of this charge in future quarters.

 

 

The performance of our small-ticket equipment leasing company was disappointing, with charge-offs much higher than planned. With a nationwide market, the leasing company experienced the difficult economic conditions that, in many parts of the country, are much more severe than in the Philadelphia area. Changes in credit standards, types of equipment we will finance, and geography have been implemented and we look forward to much better performance in 2009.

 

 

The acute decline in the stock market seriously impacted the revenue in our Wealth Management business, where much of what we do is priced as a percentage of assets under management and supervision. We cut expenses in this area, but it was not enough to offset the concurrent loss of revenue.

 

2

2008 ANNUAL REPORT


LOGO

I’d like to share with you our primary strategies for 2009.

 

 

We will work to improve our net interest income margin by holding the line on any decreases in loan pricing, while at the same time taking advantage of lower rates to improve our funding costs, both on deposits and on wholesale funding.

 

 

We will continue to emphasize strong credit quality. Except for our leasing portfolio, which only represents about 6% of total loans, our credit quality remains in very good shape.

 

 

During the latter part of 2008 we embarked on an overhead control program aimed at reducing headcount and any non-essential expenses. This program continues into 2009.

 

 

We see the turmoil in the financial marketplace as a great opportunity to attract new clients to the Bank. We have already seen success in this area as there has been a “flight to quality” away from the aforementioned troubled financial institutions.

 

 

And lastly, we will concentrate on our four main core competencies — business banking, wealth and private banking services, “high touch” retail banking, and mortgage banking.

The Directors, senior management, and I all appreciate your strong support over this past year. I can assure you that Bryn Mawr Trust is well-positioned for future growth and increased profitability. As always, should you have any comments or questions, please call me on my direct line at 610-581-4800 or at my e-mail address tpeters@bmtc.com .

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
Ted Peters
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

LOGO

 

3

2008 ANNUAL REPORT


Financial Highlights

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

dollars in thousands, except per share data

 

     2008     2007     CHANGE  

FOR THE YEAR

        

Net interest income

   $ 37,138     $ 34,242     $ 2,896     8.5 %

Net interest income after loan and lease loss provision

     31,542       33,351       (1,809 )   -5.4 %

Non-interest income

     21,472       21,781       (309 )   -1.4 %

Non-interest expenses

     38,676       34,959       3,717     10.6 %

Income taxes

     5,013       6,573       (1,560 )   -23.7 %

Net income

     9,325       13,600       (4,275 )   -31.4 %

AT YEAR-END

        

Total assets

   $ 1,151,346     $ 1,002,096     $ 149,250     14.9 %

Total portfolio loans and leases

     899,577       802,925       96,652     12.0 %

Total deposits

     869,490       849,528       19,962     2.3 %

Shareholders’ equity

     92,413       90,351       2,062     2.3 %

Wealth assets under management, administration and supervision

     2,146,399       2,277,091       (130,692 )   -5.7 %

PER COMMON SHARE

        

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.09     $ 1.59     $ (0.50 )   -31.4 %

Diluted earnings per common share

     1.08       1.58       (0.50 )   -31.6 %

Dividends declared

     0.54       0.50       0.04     8.0 %

Book value

     10.76       10.60       0.16     1.5 %

Tangible book value

     9.55       10.60       (1.05 )   -9.9 %

Closing price

     20.10       22.93       (2.83 )   -12.3 %

SELECTED RATIOS

        

Return on average assets

     0.89 %     1.59 %    

Return on average shareholders’ equity

     10.01 %     15.87 %    

Tax equivalent net interest margin

     3.84 %     4.37 %    

Efficiency ratio

     65.99 %     62.40 %    

 

4

2008 ANNUAL REPORT


Year in Review   LOGO

The entire team worked very hard and we accomplished a great deal in 2008. We got off to a great start and built momentum throughout the year. We are pleased to share with you some of our most significant accomplishments.

LOGO

Left to right: Judith W. Lau, CFP ® , President, Lau Associates LLC and Frederick C. “Ted” Peters II, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation

EXPANDING THE BRYN MAWR TRUST FOOTPRINT

We began the second half of 2008 on a very positive note announcing the acquisition of Lau Associates LLC, a Wilmington, Delaware based financial planning and investment advisory firm. Lau Associates LLC is a nationally recognized fee-only multi-family office that provides comprehensive, integrated, and highly personalized financial services to high net worth individuals and families. The firm was founded by Judy Lau in 1985 and under her leadership, the firm has enjoyed tremendous growth and is recognized as one of the top advisory firms in the country by such publications as Bloomberg Wealth Manager Magazine, Medical Economics and the Robb Report Worth Magazine. The acquisition was a significant step in our strategic plan to grow our wealth management services. In a very short period of time we have witnessed great synergy between Lau Associates and Bryn Mawr Trust.

This acquisition was also significant as it marked our first physical presence into the very attractive Delaware market.

Our second entry into the state of Delaware came on November 5th when we announced the opening of a new subsidiary, a limited purpose trust company, The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware. This new subsidiary will allow Bryn Mawr Trust to serve as a corporate fiduciary under Delaware statutes, which are widely recognized as being favorable with respect to the creation of tax-advantaged trust structures, LLCs and related wealth transfer vehicles for families and individuals throughout the United States. We now have the capability and competitive advantage of being able to serve as a corporate fiduciary under either Delaware or Pennsylvania statutes, which is an appealing alternative for trust and estate attorneys when planning for their clients. Matthew G. Waschull, CTFA, has been appointed as the Chairman and President of this new subsidiary.

 

LOGO

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware Team. Left to right: Danielle M. Kiss, CTFA, Assistant Vice President, Matthew G. Waschull, CTFA, Chairman and President and Tamika T. Edwards, Trust Officer

LOGO

West Chester Regional Banking Center Management Team. Left to right: David W. Glarner, Senior Vice President, Commercial Lending; Peter J. D’Angelo, Senior Vice President, Commercial Lending; Trish Corby, Vice President, Retail Banking Manager and Anthony M. Jasienski, Vice President, Wealth Management


 

5

2008 ANNUAL REPORT


LOGO

We ended the year completing construction on our new West Chester Regional Banking Center at 849 Paoli Pike, West Chester, PA 19380. The opening of this beautiful center gives us access to a large group of potential customers who are in our target demographic market. This conveniently located, state-of-the-art, facility is over 4,000 square feet and includes a multi-lane drive-up and 24 hour ATM banking. We can deliver a full array of personal, business and wealth management services to our clients at our new center. The center is staffed with a team of professionals who have worked in this market for many years. It is now more convenient than ever to serve the finan-cial needs of this market from a single location. We are very excited about our growth opportunities in this new market.

INVESTING IN PRODUCTS, SERVICES AND FACILITIES

Core deposit account growth was exceptional in terms of both the number of accounts and deposit balance increases. Core deposit accounts increased 7.3% and average balances increased 9.1%. A number of factors contributed to our success in growing core deposit accounts including; a well trained and motivated sales staff, focused sales management and tracking, well designed incentive programs and effective advertising and promotion. We also benefited from turmoil in the financial markets as many consumers were drawn to us because of our strong brand and reputation as a strong, stable and secure financial institution.

Commercial mortgages, commercial and industrial loans, residential mortgages and home equity loans were particularly strong in 2008. Total loans and leases increased by $97 million or 12.0% over 2007. Successful new business development efforts drove this growth which was primarily derived from existing customers, through strong cross selling and up-selling efforts, and prospects in our trade area.

In May, we introduced Small Business Benefits – The Best Small Business Package Anywhere — a package product designed to meet the deposit, cash management and basic borrowing needs of small businesses. The package included a number of free and/or discounted services with a premium rate on statement savings. In September, the package was enhanced when we began offering discounted payroll services through a nationally recognized payroll processor. Sales of this new product have been very strong and we expect to see continued growth during 2009.

 

Below, left to right: Stephen P. Novak, Senior Vice President, Retail Banking and Brian J. Maguire, Senior Vice President, Director of Marketing

LOGO

LOGO

Above, left to right: Joseph G. Keefer, Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer and Martin F. Gallagher, Jr., Senior Vice President/Senior Relationship Manager, Commercial Lending


 

6

2008 ANNUAL REPORT


Significant accomplishments

LOGO

Left: Newly renovated Wayne branch located at 330 East Lancaster Ave., Wayne, Pennsylvania

In June, we completed major renovations to our Wayne Branch and marked the occasion with a ribbon cutting ceremony attended by community leaders, clients and customers. The redesign dramatically improved the appearance of this branch and allows us to serve our customers more efficiently and effectively. We invite you to visit the remodeled Wayne Branch to see for yourself just how great it looks. We think you’ll be very impressed with this renovation.

COMMUNITY GIVING, ACTIVITIES AND EVENTS

Recognizing the need to support the communities we serve, particularly in tough economic times, we continued our tradition of generously supporting a wide variety of charitable, educational, cultural and civic organizations. We are very pleased that we were able to support these worthwhile activities and organizations.

FDIC Insurance became a very important topic in the minds of many consumers as a result of the turmoil in the financial markets. Recognizing consumers’ interest in learning more about FDIC Insurance we held a seminar, open to the public, to explain FDIC Insurance coverage. Members of our Retail Banking Team were also available to discuss any questions or concerns privately with seminar attendees. Those who could not attend were encouraged to call or visit a branch to have their questions answered.

Identity theft is the fastest growing form of consumer fraud. We are committed to helping prevent customers and members of the community from becoming victims of identity theft. To help combat this growing problem we held a series of free “shred events”, open to the public, where personal or sensitive documents could be shred by a secure document destruction service. We received very positive feedback from this series of shred events.

Bryn Mawr Trust is committed to making a positive difference in the communities we serve.

Bryn Mawr Trust.

Strong. Stable. Secure.

Below. left to right: June M. Falcone, Senior Vice President, Information Technology and Operations and Maureen Callaghan, Vice President, Wayne Branch Manager

LOGO

 

7

2008 ANNUAL REPORT


CORPORATE INFORMATION

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

801 Lancaster Avenue

Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania 19010

610-525-1700

www.bmtc.com

DIRECTORS

Thomas L. Bennett

Private Investor, Director and Trustee of the

Delaware Investments Family of Funds

Andrea F. Gilbert

President, Bryn Mawr Hospital

Wendell F. Holland

Partner, Saul Ewing LLP

Scott M. Jenkins

President, S.M. Jenkins & Co.

David E. Lees

Senior Partner, myCIO Wealth Partners, LLC

Francis J. Leto

Executive Vice President, Wealth Management

Britton H. Murdoch

CEO, City Line Motors;

Managing Director, Strattech Partners

Frederick C. “Ted” Peters II

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer,

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company

B. Loyall Taylor, Jr.

President, Taylor Gifts, Inc.

MARKET MAKERS

Boenning & Scattergood, Inc.

Citigroup Global Markets Holdings Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

FTN Equity Capital Markets Corp.

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

Lehman Brothers Inc.

Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.

Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.

UBS Securities LLC

For a complete list visit our website at

www.bmtc.com

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

KPMG LLP

1601 Market Street

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103

LEGAL COUNSEL

McElroy, Deutsch, Mulvaney & Carpenter, LLP

One Penn Center at Suburban Station

1617 John F. Kennedy Boulevard

Suite 1500

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP

2005 Market Street

Sutie 2600

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-7098

BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

Frederick C. “Ted” Peters II

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Robert J. Ricciardi

Secretary

J. Duncan Smith, CPA

Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

Geoffrey L. Halberstadt

Vice President

PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARY

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company

A Subsidiary of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

Frederick C. “Ted” Peters II

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Alison E. Gers

Executive Vice President, Retail Banking,

Central Sales, Marketing, Information Systems

& Operations

Joseph G. Keefer

Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer

Francis J. Leto

Executive Vice President, Wealth Management

Robert J. Ricciardi

Executive Vice President, Chief Credit Policy

Officer and Corporate Secretary

J. Duncan Smith, CPA

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Matthew G. Waschull, CTFA

Chairman and President, The Bryn Mawr

Trust Company of Delaware

BRANCH OFFICES

50 West Lancaster Avenue

Ardmore, Pennsylvania 19003

801 Lancaster Avenue

Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania 19010

237 North Pottstown Pike

Exton, Pennsylvania 19341

18 West Eagle Road

Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083

3601 West Chester Pike

Newtown Square, Pennsylvania 19073

39 West Lancaster Avenue

Paoli, Pennsylvania 19301

330 East Lancaster Avenue

Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087

849 Paoli Pike

West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380

One Tower Bridge

West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428

WEALTH MANAGEMENT DIVISION

10 South Bryn Mawr Avenue

Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania 19010

LIFE CARE COMMUNITY OFFICES

Beaumont at Bryn Mawr Retirement Community

Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania

Bellingham Retirement Living

West Chester, Pennsylvania

Martins Run Life Care Community

Media, Pennsylvania

Rosemont Presbyterian Village

Rosemont, Pennsylvania

The Quadrangle

Haverford, Pennsylvania

Waverly Heights

Gladwyne, Pennsylvania

White Horse Village

Newtown Square, Pennsylvania

OTHER SUBSIDIARIES AND FINANCIAL SERVICES

BMT Leasing, Inc.

A Subsidiary of The Bryn Mawr Trust Company

Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania

Joseph G. Keefer, Chairman

James A. Zelinskie, Jr., President

BMT Mortgage Company

A Division of The Bryn Mawr Trust Company

Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania

Myron H. Headen, President

BMT Mortgage Services, Inc.

A Subsidiary of The Bryn Mawr Trust Company

Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania

Joseph G. Keefer, Chairman

Myron H. Headen, President

BMT Retirement Services

A Division of The Bryn Mawr Trust Company

Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania

Gilbert B. Mateer, President

BMT Settlement Services, Inc.

A Subsidiary of The Bryn Mawr Trust Company

Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania

Joseph G. Keefer, Chairman

Myron H. Headen, President

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware

A Subsidiary of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation

Wilmington, Delaware

Matthew G. Waschull, CTFA, Chairman and President

Insurance Counsellors of Bryn Mawr, Inc.

A Subsidiary of The Bryn Mawr Trust Company

Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania

Thomas F. Drennan, President

Lau Associates LLC

A Subsidiary of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation

Wilmington, Delaware

Judith W. Lau, CFP ® , President

REGISTRAR & TRANSFER AGENT

BNY Mellon Shareowner Services

PO Box 358015

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15252-8015

www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd


LOGO


BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

801 LANCASTER AVENUE

BRYN MAWR, PENNSYLVANIA 19010

www.bmtc.com

LOGO


Exhibit 13.1

Selected Financial Data

 

For the years ended December 31,    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
     (dollars in thousands, except for per share data)  

Interest income

   $ 57,934     $ 54,218     $ 45,906     $ 37,908     $ 31,347  

Interest expense

     20,796       19,976       12,607       6,600       4,553  
                                        

Net interest income

     37,138       34,242       33,299       31,308       26,794  

Provision for loan and lease losses

     5,596       891       832       762       900  
                                        

Net interest income after loan loss provision

     31,542       33,351       32,467       30,546       25,894  

Non-interest income

     21,472       21,781       18,361       18,305       19,828  

Non-interest expense

     38,676       34,959       31,423       31,573       31,625  
                                        

Income before income taxes

     14,338       20,173       19,405       17,278       14,097  

Applicable income taxes

     5,013       6,573       6,689       5,928       4,752  
                                        

Net Income

   $ 9,325     $ 13,600     $ 12,716     $ 11,350     $ 9,345  
                                        

Per share data:

          

Earnings per common share:

          

Basic

   $ 1.09     $ 1.59     $ 1.48     $ 1.33     $ 1.09  

Diluted

   $ 1.08     $ 1.58     $ 1.46     $ 1.31     $ 1.07  

Dividends declared

   $ 0.54     $ 0.50     $ 0.46     $ 0.42     $ 0.40  

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     8,566,938       8,539,904       8,578,050       8,563,027       8,610,171  

Dilutive potential common shares

     34,233       93,638       113,579       101,200       110,854  
                                        

Adjusted weighted-average shares

     8,601,171       8,633,542       8,691,629       8,664,227       8,721,025  

Selected financial ratios:

          

Tax equivalent net interest margin

     3.84 %     4.37 %     4.90 %     5.05 %     4.60 %

Net income/average total assets (“ROA”)

     0.89 %     1.59 %     1.72 %     1.66 %     1.45 %

Net income/average shareholders’ equity (“ROE”)

     10.01 %     15.87 %     15.71 %     15.50 %     13.73 %

Average shareholders’ equity to average total assets

     8.91 %     10.04 %     10.93 %     10.72 %     10.59 %

Dividends declared per share to net income per basic common share

     49.5 %     31.4 %     31.1 %     31.6 %     36.7 %
At December 31,    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Total assets

   $ 1,151,346     $ 1,002,096     $ 826,817     $ 727,383     $ 683,103  

Earning assets

     1,061,139       874,661       733,781       664,073       627,258  

Portfolio loans and leases

     899,577       802,925       681,291       595,165       555,889  

Deposits

     869,490       849,528       714,489       636,260       600,965  

Shareholders’ equity

     92,413       90,351       82,092       77,222       70,947  

Ratio of tangible common equity to assets

     7.13 %     9.02 %     9.97 %     10.66 %     10.43 %

Ratio of equity to assets

     8.03 %     9.02 %     9.97 %     10.66 %     10.43 %

Loans serviced for others

     350,199       357,363       382,141       417,649       507,421  

Assets under management, administration & supervision 1

     2,146,399       2,277,091       2,178,777       2,042,613       1,887,181  

Book value per share

   $ 10.76     $ 10.60     $ 9.59     $ 9.03     $ 8.25  

Tangible book value per share

   $ 9.55     $ 10.60     $ 9.59     $ 9.03     $ 8.25  

Allowance as a percentage of portfolio loans and leases

     1.15 %     1.01 %     1.19 %     1.24 %     1.23 %

Efficiency ratio

     66.0 %     62.4 %     60.8 %     63.6 %     67.8 %

 

1

Excluded assets under management from an institutional client

 

1


Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

B RIEF H ISTORY OF THE C ORPORATION

 

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company (the “Bank” or “BMTC”) received its Pennsylvania banking charter in 1889 and is a member of the Federal Reserve System. In 1986, Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Corporation” or “BMBC”) was formed and on January 2, 1987, the Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation. The Bank and Corporation are headquartered in Bryn Mawr, PA, a western suburb of Philadelphia, PA. The Corporation and its subsidiaries offer a full range of personal and business banking services, consumer and commercial loans, equipment leasing, mortgages, insurance and wealth management services, including investment management, trust and estate administration, retirement planning, custody services, and tax planning and preparation from nine full-service branches and seven limited-hour retirement community offices throughout Montgomery, Delaware and Chester counties. The Corporation trades on the NASDAQ Global Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol BMTC.

The goal of the Corporation is to become the preeminent community bank and wealth management organization in the Philadelphia area.

The Corporation operates in a highly competitive market area that includes local, national and regional banks as competitors along with savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, trust companies, registered investment advisors and mutual fund families. The Corporation and its subsidiaries are regulated by many regulatory agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), NASDAQ, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Federal Reserve and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.

R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS

 

The following is Management’s discussion and analysis of the significant changes in the results of operations, capital resources and liquidity presented in its accompanying consolidated financial statements for the Corporation. The Corporation’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations consist almost entirely of the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations. Current performance does not guarantee, and may not be indicative of similar performance in the future.

C RITICAL A CCOUNTING P OLICIES , J UDGMENTS AND E STIMATES

 

The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation and its subsidiaries conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America applicable to the financial services industry (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles “GAAP”). All inter-company transactions are eliminated in consolidation and certain reclassifications are made when necessary to conform the previous year’s financial statements to the current year’s presentation. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the balance sheets and revenues and expenditures for the periods presented. Therefore, actual results could differ from these estimates.

The allowance for loan and lease losses involves a higher degree of judgment and complexity than other significant accounting policies. The allowance for loan and lease losses is calculated with the objective of maintaining a reserve level believed by Management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable credit losses. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates, including, among others, expected default probabilities, expected loan commitment usage, the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans and leases, value of collateral, estimated losses on consumer loans and residential mortgages and general amounts for historical loss experience. The process also considers economic conditions, international events, and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio. All of these factors may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from Management estimates, additional provisions for loan and lease losses may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods. See the section of this document titled Asset Quality and Analysis of Credit Risk for additional information.

Other significant accounting policies are presented in Note 1 in the accompanying financial statements. The Corporation’s Summary of Significant Accounting Policies has not substantively changed any aspect of its overall approach in the application of the foregoing policies.

 

2


O VERVIEW OF G ENERAL E CONOMIC , R EGULATORY AND G OVERNMENTAL E NVIRONMENT

 

The global and U.S. economies experienced reduced business activity as a result of the recessionary environment and disruptions in the financial system that occurred during 2008 and have continued into 2009. A partial summary of the events follows:

Dramatic declines in the housing market during the past year, as home prices fell and foreclosures and unemployment increased, resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks.

The drop in real estate values negatively impacted residential real estate builder and developer businesses nationwide. As the U.S. economy entered a recession in 2008, financial institutions faced higher credit losses from distressed real estate values and borrower defaults which resulted in reduced capital levels. In addition, investment securities backed by residential and commercial real estate were reflecting substantial unrealized losses due to a lack of liquidity in the financial markets and anticipated credit losses. Some financial institutions were forced into liquidation or were merged with stronger institutions as losses increased and the amounts of available funding and capital levels lessened. As of December 31, 2008, the Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Corporation” and “BMBC”) and The Bryn Mawr Trust Company (“BMTC” and the “Bank”) are “well capitalized” by regulatory standards and is in a position to acquire new customers from weaker financial institutions.

In response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was signed into law on October 3, 2008. The EESA authorizes the U.S. Treasury the ability to provide funds to restore liquidity and stability to the U.S. financial system. Two of the specific programs, the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) and the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) are described in further detail below.

On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced the formation of the TARP program under which the Treasury purchases equity stakes in certain banks and thrifts. The Treasury’s initial effort was to make available $250 billion of capital to U.S. financial institutions in the form of preferred stock (from the $700 billion authorized by the EESA). In conjunction with the purchase of preferred stock, the Treasury receives warrants to purchase common stock with an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the preferred investment. Participating financial institutions will be required to adopt the Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury holds equity issued under the TARP program. The Corporation elected not to participate in the program due to its “well capitalized” regulatory capital position and the ever changing conditions of the TARP program.

The second program announced on October 14, 2008 was the systemic risk exception to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) Act, enabling the FDIC to temporarily provide a 100% guarantee of the senior unsecured debt of all FDIC-insured institutions and their holding companies, as well as deposits in noninterest-bearing transaction deposit accounts under the TLGP through December 31, 2009. Pursuant to this program, all insured depository institutions automatically participated in the TLGP for 30 days following the announcement of the program without charge and thereafter, unless the institution opted out, at a cost of 75 basis points per annum for senior unsecured debt and 10 basis points per annum for noninterest-bearing transaction deposits.

The TLGP program initial guidelines have been subsequently altered by the FDIC to impose a fee structure based on a sliding scale dependent on debt maturity. Debt with a maturity of 180 days or less will have a fee of 50 basis points, while debt with a maturity of one year or longer will have a maximum fee of 100 basis points, both on an annualized basis. The TLGP program also now covers NOW accounts with interest rates of 0.5% or less and IOLTA accounts. BMTC chose to continue its participation in the TLGP and, thus, did not opt out.

On December 23, 2008, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB-P”) announced that it will voluntarily suspend the payment of dividends and the repurchase of excess capital stock until further notice. The FHLB-P expects that its ability to pay dividends and add to retained earnings will be significantly curtailed due to low short-term interest rates, an increased cost of maintaining liquidity and constrained access to debt markets at attractive rates. Capital stock repurchases from member banks will be reviewed on a quarterly basis, but no repurchase will take place in the first quarter of 2009, or in subsequent quarters until advised. As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation held $7.9 million of FHLB-P capital stock and is monitoring the situation closely as are other FHLB-P member banks. The FHLB-P is the primary source of liquidity for the Corporation, but it can also use other alternatives available to the Corporation that include the Federal Reserve and wholesale certificates of deposit.

Revenue in the Corporation’s core wealth management business decreased due to the downturn in the fair value of the financial markets as fees are based on assets under management. Overall, revenue for Wealth Management services in 2008 increased $340 thousand from December 31, 2007 due to the mid-year acquisition of Lau Associates, which is described in further detail later in the Annual Report. A prolonged downturn in the financial markets could further reduce wealth management revenue and might impair the fair value of the Corporation’s mid-year acquisition of Lau Associates, even though their revenue structure is not directly dependent on the fair value of wealth assets being serviced.

 

3


Other significant events during 2008 included, The Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), two government-sponsored entities placed into conservatorship in September 2008 by the U.S. Government and The Federal Reserve lowering its federal funds target rate from 4.25% at the end of 2007 to a range of 0%-.25% at December 31, 2008.

Subsequent to year-end 2008, two additional financial and economic backstops have been introduced. The extension of the TARP program, TARP 2, was introduced by the Treasury to inject $100 billion of new capital into banks to modify mortgages for homeowners facing foreclosures. And secondly, the Stimulus Plan of 2009, which is a two-year effort to accelerate job creation and increase infrastructure spending.

It is not clear at this time what impact the EESA, the TARP program and the TLGP program, or other 2009 financial and economic initiatives will have on the financial markets. A continued and drawn-out economic recession could have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s revenues, capital, liquidity and profitability. However, the Corporation is confident that its disciplined strategies to maintain a strong financial position and build the brand name put it in a good position to weather the financial downturn and take advantage of opportunities as they arise.

On February 27, 2009 the FDIC adopted an interim rule imposing a 20 basis point emergency special assessment on the banking industry on June 30, 2009. The assessment is to be collected on September 30, 2009. The interim rule would also permit the FIDC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009 of up to 10 basis points if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance. Comments on the interim rule on special assessments are due no later than 30 days after publication in the Federal Register. A special assessment of 20 basis points would amount to approximately $1.74 million based on December 31, 2008 deposits of approximately $869 million.

E XECUTIVE O VERVIEW

 

2008 Compared to 2007

In a year of unprecedented financial turbulence, Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation earned $9.3 million or $1.08 per diluted share and is in a position to acquire new customers from weaker financial institutions as 2009 unfolds. The Corporation elected not to participate in the United States Government’s TARP Program due to the Corporation’s regulatory capital status of “well capitalized” and the ever changing conditions of the TARP Program.

The Corporation’s 2008 diluted earnings per share decreased $0.50 per share or 31.6% compared to $1.58 per share in 2007, and net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased 31.6% or $4.3 million, compared to $13.6 million last year. Return on average equity (ROE) and return on average assets (ROA) for the year ended December 31, 2008 were10.01% and 0.89%, respectively. ROE was 15.87% and ROA was 1.59% for the same period last year.

During 2008, the Corporation made progress on several of its growth initiatives including establishing a limited purpose trust company (“LPTC”) in the State of Delaware. The LPTC statutes in Delaware give the Corporation an advantage structuring directed trusts, while providing more favorable treatment to individuals and family trusts. On January 2, 2009, the Corporation opened its West Chester regional branch office which will bring our wealth management and banking services into another affluent market with good growth potential while further diversifying its asset base and client accounts.

On July 15, 2008, the Corporation acquired Lau Associates, a Wilmington, Delaware, based investment advisory and financial planning firm. Lau Associates is a nationally recognized, independent, family office that excels in intergenerational financial planning and taxes for high net worth individuals and families. The acquisition of Lau Associates in 2008 was immediately accretive to earnings, and should have a more significant impact in 2009 due to the inclusion of 12 months of results, along with anticipated business synergies.

The Corporation increased portfolio loans and leases in 2008 by 12.0% or $96.7 million compared with year-end 2007 balances by expanding banking relationships with local businesses, not-for-profit entities and high credit quality individuals. The increase in the Corporation’s tax equivalent net interest income of $2.8 million or 8.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the same period last year was due to the increase in loan and lease volume, and the growth in the investment portfolio, which more than offset the decrease in asset yields and higher funding costs. The Corporation’s tax-equivalent net interest margin declined from 4.37% in 2007 to 3.84% in 2008.

The loan portfolio, excluding leases, grew 10.9% or $82.4 million to $840.3 million in 2008 compared with $757.8 million in 2007. This increase included home equity loans and lines, commercial and industrial loans and commercial mortgages. The lease portfolio grew 31.5% or $14.2 million to $59.3 in 2008 and now represents approximately 6.6% of total portfolio loans and leases. The lease portfolio, which is national in scope, did not perform well in 2008 as charge-offs were 6.24% of average leases. Management made underwriting adjustments at the end of 2007 and has continued to “tighten” these standards in 2008 and early 2009.

 

4


Credit quality on the overall loan and lease portfolio remains strong as total non-performing loans and leases represents 65 basis points or $5.8 million of portfolio loans and leases at December 31, 2008. This compares with 25 basis points or $2.0 million at December 31, 2007. The provision for loan and lease losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $5.6 million and $891 thousand, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance”) of $10.3 million represents 1.15% of portfolio loans and leases compared with 1.01% at December 31, 2007. For additional information, see the section titled Asset Quality and Analysis of Credit Risk in this document.

Funding from wholesale sources, which includes wholesale deposits, subordinated debt and borrowings, at December 31, 2008 of approximately $290.7 million was $115.9 million higher than the $174.8 million at December 31, 2007. The incremental wholesale funding was primarily used to fund $96.7 million of growth in the loan and lease portfolio and $60.0 million of growth in the Corporation’s investment portfolio.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, non-interest income was $21.5 million, a decrease of $0.3 million or 1.4% from the $21.8 million in 2007. The primary factor for this decrease was the one-time gain on the sale of real estate of $1.3 million in the first quarter of 2007. Partially offsetting this decrease were the gain on sale of investments of $230 thousand, interest rate floor income of $268 thousand and increased wealth revenue which is attributed to the acquisition of Lau Associates. Wealth revenues not associated with Lau Associates decreased by $1.3 million or 9.7% in 2008 due to the decline in the value of the financial markets and the loss of a significant customer due to a business combination in the fourth quarter of 2007.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, non-interest expense was $38.7 million, an increase of $3.7 million or 10.6% over the $35.0 million in the same period last year. Personnel and related support costs associated with new business initiatives including the Lau Associates acquisition and the impairment of mortgage servicing rights were the largest contributors to this increase.

2007 Compared to 2006

The Corporation reported 2007 diluted earnings per share of $1.58, an increase of $0.12 per share or 8.2% compared to $1.46 per share in 2006. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $13.6 million, an increase of 7.0% or $884 thousand, compared to $12.7 million last year.

The primary factor contributing to the increase in earnings for 2007 was a $0.10 per share or $866 thousand after-tax gain on the sale of real estate.

Return on average equity (ROE) and return on average assets (ROA) for the year ended December 31, 2007 were 15.87% and 1.59%, respectively. ROE was 15.71% and ROA was 1.72% for the same period in 2006.

The Corporation invested in many new business initiatives in the latter part of 2006 continuing through 2007. These new initiatives contributed to the $3.5 million or 11.3% increase in non-interest expenses in 2007 compared to 2006.

The Corporation increased portfolio loans and leases in 2007 by 17.9% or $121.6 million compared with year-end 2006 balances. This growth in loan and lease volume was able to offset several prime rate decreases and higher funding costs, to increase the Corporation’s tax equivalent net interest income by $921 thousand or 2.7% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006. The Corporation’s tax-equivalent net interest margin declined from 4.90% in 2006 to 4.37% in 2007.

Credit quality on the overall loan and lease portfolio was strong in 2007 as total non-performing loans and leases represented 25 basis points or $2.0 million of portfolio loans and leases at December 31, 2007 compared with 12 basis points or $823 thousand at December 31, 2006.

The provision for loan and lease losses for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $891 thousand and $832 thousand, respectively. At December 31, 2007, the allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance”) of $8.1 million represented 1.01% of portfolio loans and leases compared with 1.19% at December 31, 2006.

Funding from wholesale sources, which includes wholesale deposits and borrowings, at December 31, 2007 of approximately $174.8 million was $139.8 million higher than the $35.0 million at December 31, 2006. The increase in 2007 was primarily used to fund portfolio loan and lease growth of approximately $122.0 million. During 2007, deposits continued to shift from lower yielding savings and NOW accounts into higher yielding money market accounts, but at a much slower pace than the Corporation experienced in 2006.

Deposit balances at December 31, 2007 and 2006 reflect approximately $70.0 million and $35.0 million, respectively, in demand deposit balances that represented short term in-flows from customer year-end activity. These short term deposit in-flows pushed the Corporation’s total assets over the $1.0 billion level at December 31, 2007.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, non-interest income was $21.8 million, an increase of $3.4 million or 18.6% from the $18.4 million in 2006. The primary factors for this increase were the $1.3 million real estate gain on the sale of the Wynnewood property and Wealth Management revenue of $13.5 million which was $1.1 million or 8.7% higher than 2006.

 

5


Wealth Management revenues for the years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 included $580 thousand and $403 thousand, respectively, of fees that would no longer be earned relating to one institutional client that was acquired by another financial institution in a business combination on November 16, 2007. Wealth assets under Management and Administration relating to this client were approximately $412.4 million at December 31, 2006 and zero at December 31, 2007.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, non-interest expense was $35.0 million, an increase of $3.6 million or 11.3% over the $31.4 million in the same period in 2006. Personnel and related support costs associated with the new business initiatives were the largest contributor to this increase in non-interest expenses.

NON-GAAP M EASURES

 

Non-GAAP Measures: A non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position, or cash flows that either exclude or include amounts that are not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). To supplement our financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP, we report certain key financial measurements without the impact of a material real estate transaction.

Our management uses these non-GAAP measures in its analysis of the Corporation’s performance. These non-GAAP measures consist of adjusting net income, non-interest income, diluted earnings per share, ROE, and ROA determined in accordance with GAAP to exclude the effects of the real estate gain in the first quarter of 2007 (i.e. year to date) and the year to date period ended December 31, 2007.

Management believes that the inclusion of these non-GAAP financial measures provides useful supplemental information essential to the proper understanding of the operating results of the Corporation’s core business. These measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, and are not substitutes for, or superior to, GAAP results. The non-GAAP measures are provided to enhance investors’ overall understanding of our current financial performance. These non-GAAP measures have been reconciled to the nearest GAAP measure in the accompanying schedule.

 

(dollars in thousands    Year Ended December 31,
   Net Income    Diluted Earnings Per Share
except per share data)    2008    2007     2006    2008    2007     2006

As reported (GAAP)

   $ 9,325    $ 13,600     $ 12,716    $ 1.08    $ 1.58     $ 1.46

After tax effect of gain on sale of real estate

     —        (866 )     —        —        (0.10 )     —  
                                           

Adjusted for sale

   $ 9,325    $ 12,734     $ 12,716    $ 1.08    $ 1.48     $ 1.46
                                           

 

     Non-Interest Income
   2008    2007     2006

As reported (GAAP)

   $ 21,472    $ 21,781     $ 18,361

Gain on sale of real estate

     —        (1,333 )     —  
                     

Adjusted for sale

   $ 21,472    $ 20,448     $ 18,361
                     

 

     ROE     ROA  
   2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  

As reported (GAAP)

   10.01 %   15.87 %   15.71 %   0.89 %   1.59 %   1.72 %

After tax effect of gain on sale of real estate

   —       (1.01 )   —       —       (0.10 )   —    
                                    

Adjusted for sale

   10.01 %   14.86 %   15.71 %   0.89 %   1.49 %   1.72 %
                                    

C OMPONENTS OF N ET I NCOME

 

Net income is affected by five major elements: Net Interest Income , or the difference between interest income and loan fees earned on loans and investments and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds; Provision For Loan and Lease Losses , or the amount added to the allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for estimated inherent losses on loans and leases; Non-Interest Income which is made up primarily of certain fees, wealth revenue, residential mortgage activities and gains and losses from the sale of securities and other assets; Non-Interest Expense , which consists primarily of salaries, employee benefits and other operating expenses; and Income Taxes . Each of these major elements will be reviewed in more detail in the following discussion.

N ET I NTEREST I NCOME

 

Rate/Volume Analysis (Tax Equivalent Basis)

The rate volume analysis in the table below analyzes changes in tax equivalent net interest income for the years 2007 compared to 2006 and 2006 compared to 2005 by its rate and volume components. The change in interest income/expense due to both volume and rate has been allocated to changes in volume.

 

(dollars in thousands)    Year Ended December 31,
   2008 Compared to 2007     2007 Compared to 2006
increase/(decrease)    Volume    Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total

Interest Income:

               

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 867    $ (798 )   $ 69     $ 44     $ 2     $ 46

Money market funds

     162      (152 )     10       —         1       1

Federal funds sold

     106      (144 )     (38 )     21       7       28

Investment securities available for sale

     2,522      (271 )     2,251       (73 )     294       221

Loans and leases

     7,820      (6,463 )     1,357       7,184       810       7,994
                                             

Total interest income

     11,477      (7,828 )     3,649       7,176       1,114       8,290
                                             

Interest expense:

               

Savings, NOW and market rate accounts

     628      (1,044 )     (416 )     (155 )     475       320

Wholesale deposits

     2,210      (1,637 )     573       4,531       (185 )     4,346

Time deposits

     355      (2,226 )     (1,871 )     569       956       1,525

Borrowed Funds

     4,907      (2,373 )     2,534       1,238       (60 )     1,178
                                             

Total interest expense

     8,100      (7,280 )     820       6,183       1,186       7,369
                                             

Interest differential

   $ 3,377    $ (548 )   $ 2,829     $ 993     $ (72 )   $ 921
                                             

 

6


Analysis of Interest Rates and Interest Differential

The table below presents the major asset and liability categories on an average daily basis for the periods presented, along with tax-equivalent interest income and expense and key rates and yields:

 

(dollars in thousands)

   For the Year Ended December 31,  
   2008     2007     2006  
   Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
   Average
Rates
Earned/
Paid
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
   Average
Rates
Earned/
Paid
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
   Average
Rates
Earned/
Paid
 

Assets:

                         

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 18,678     $ 145    0.78 %   $ 1,506     $ 76    5.05 %   $ 609     $ 30    4.93 %

Federal funds sold

     5,616       136    2.42 %     3,496       174    4.98 %     3,053       146    4.78 %

Money market funds

     3,445       19    0.55 %     182       9    4.95 %     191       8    4.19 %

Investment securities available for sale:

                         

Taxable

     86,940       4,127    4.75 %     39,510       2,008    5.08 %     41,298       1,782    4.31 %

Tax – Exempt

     7,538       364    4.83 %     5,029       232    4.61 %     4,993       237    4.75 %
                                                       

Total investment securities

     94,478       4,491    4.75 %     44,539       2,240    5.03 %     46,291       2,019    4.36 %

Loans and leases (1)

     851,752       53,410    6.27 %     740,694       52,053    7.03 %     636,286       44,059    6.92 %
                                                       

Total interest earning assets

     973,969       58,201    5.98 %     790,418       54,552    6.90 %     686,430       46,262    6.74 %

Cash and due from banks

     15,780              22,640              25,358       

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (8,613 )            (8,463 )            (7,828 )     

Other assets

     64,542              48,725              36,894       
                                           

Total assets

   $ 1,045,678            $ 853,320            $ 740,854       
                                           

Liabilities:

                         

Savings, NOW, and market rate accounts

   $ 325,291     $ 3,753    1.15 %   $ 280,371     $ 4,169    1.49 %   $ 292,075     $ 3,850    1.32 %

Wholesale deposits

     133,882       5,498    4.11 %     92,329       4,925    5.53 %     10,473       579    5.53 %

Time deposits

     194,739       6,791    3.49 %     187,044       8,662    4.63 %     173,271       7,136    4.12 %
                                                       

Total interest-bearing deposits

     653,912       16,042    2.45 %     559,744       17,756    3.17 %     475,819       11,565    2.43 %

Subordinated debt

     5,934       408    6.88 %     —         —      —         —         —      —    

Borrowings

     130,490       4,346    3.33 %     42,496       2,220    5.22 %     19,442       1,042    5.36 %
                                                       

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     790,336       20,796    2.63 %     602,240       19,976    3.32 %     495,261       12,607    2.55 %

Non-interest-bearing deposits

     143,924              148,773              150,042       

Other liabilities

     18,243              16,622              14,584       
                                           

Total non-interest-bearing liabilities

     162,167              165,395              164,626       
                                           

Total liabilities

     952,503              767,635              659,887       

Shareholder’s equity

     93,175              85,685              80,967       
                                           

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,045,678            $ 853,320            $ 740,854       
                                           

Net interest spread

        3.35 %        3.58 %        4.19 %

Effect of non-interest-bearing sources

        0.49 %        0.79 %        0.71 %
                                             

Net interest income/margin on earning assets

     $ 37,405    3.84 %     $ 34,576    4.37 %     $ 33,655    4.90 %
                                             

Tax equivalent adjustment (tax rate 35%)

     $ 267    0.03 %     $ 334    0.04 %     $ 356    0.05 %
                                             

 

(1)

Non-accrual loans have been included in average loan balances, but interest on non-accrual loans has not been included for purposes of determining interest income. Average loans and leases include portfolio loans, leases and loans held for sale.

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 2008 Compared to 2007

Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $37.4 million was 8.1% higher than $34.6 million in 2007. This increase was substantially volume driven as average loan growth of $111.1 million or 15.0% and investment security growth of $50 million were able to offset several prime rate decreases and the impact of funding with higher cost wholesale funds, which includes wholesale deposits, subordinated debt and borrowings.

Average interest bearing liabilities increased by $188.1 million or 31.2% to $790.3 million during 2008 compared to $602.2 million during 2007. Wholesale deposits and borrowings were the primary factors contributing to the increase in average interest bearing liabilities. The change in average other deposit balances in 2008 was a nominal $1.6 million increase.

Despite the increase in tax equivalent net interest income due to increased loan, lease and investment balances, the tax equivalent net interest margin on interest earning assets decreased by 53 basis points from 4.37% during 2007 to 3.84% during 2008, due to lower rates on interest earning assets.

 

7


Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 2007 Compared to 2006

Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis for the year ended December 31, 2007 of $34.6 million was 2.7% higher than $33.7 million in 2006. This increase was substantially volume driven as average loan growth of $104.4 million or 16.4% was able to offset several prime rate decreases and the impact of funding with higher cost wholesale funds.

Average interest bearing liabilities increased by $107.0 million or 21.6% to $602.2 million during 2007 compared to $495.2 million during 2006. Wholesale deposits and borrowings were the primary factors contributing to the increase in average interest bearing liabilities. The change in average other deposit balances in 2007 was a nominal $1.3 million decrease.

Despite the increase in tax equivalent net interest income, the tax equivalent net interest margin on interest earning assets decreased by 53 basis points from 4.90% during 2006 to 4.37% during 2007.

Net Interest Margin Over Last Five Quarters

The Corporation’s tax equivalent net interest margin decreased 48 basis points to 3.63% in the fourth quarter of 2008 from 4.11% in the same period in 2007. The reduction in the earning asset yield was due to prime rate decreases and competitive pressure. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the prime rate was 7.25% compared with 3.25% in the fourth quarter of 2008.

The interest bearing liability cost decreased in the fourth quarter of 2008 to 2.42%, a decrease of 101 basis points from the fourth quarter of 2007. This reduction was slower than the earning asset yield drop, mainly due to competitive pressures and pricing by other institutions which kept deposit rates abnormally high.

The tax equivalent net interest margin and related components for the past five linked quarters are shown in the table below.

 

     Year    Earning
Asset
Yield
    Interest
Bearing
Liability
Cost
    Net
Interest
Spread
    Effect of
Non-Interest
Bearing
Sources
    Net
Interest
Margin
 

Net Interest Margin Last Five Quarters

             

4 th Quarter

   2008    5.63 %   2.42 %   3.21 %   0.42 %   3.63 %

3 rd Quarter

   2008    5.94 %   2.47 %   3.47 %   0.43 %   3.90 %

2 nd Quarter

   2008    6.05 %   2.58 %   3.47 %   0.50 %   3.97 %

1 st Quarter

   2008    6.46 %   3.14 %   3.32 %   0.65 %   3.97 %

4 th Quarter

   2007    6.77 %   3.43 %   3.34 %   0.77 %   4.11 %

Net Interest Margin Last Three Years

             
   2008    5.98 %   2.63 %   3.35 %   0.49 %   3.84 %
   2007    6.90 %   3.32 %   3.58 %   0.79 %   4.37 %
   2006    6.74 %   2.55 %   4.19 %   0.71 %   4.90 %

Interest Rate Sensitivity

The Corporation actively manages its interest rate sensitivity position. The objectives of interest rate risk management are to control exposure of net interest income to risks associated with interest rate movements and to achieve sustainable growth in net interest income. Management’s Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”), using policies and procedures approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, is responsible for managing the interest rate sensitivity position. The Corporation manages interest rate sensitivity by changing the mix, pricing and re-pricing characteristics of its assets and liabilities, through the management of its investment portfolio, its offering of loan and selected deposit terms and through wholesale funding. Wholesale funding consists of several sources including borrowings from the FHLB-P, Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia discount window, certificates of deposit from institutional brokers, Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”), Insured Network Deposit (“IND”) Program and Pennsylvania Local Government Investment Trust (“PLGIT”).

The Corporation uses several tools to manage its interest rate risk including interest rate sensitivity analysis (a/k/a “GAP Analysis”), market value of portfolio equity analysis, interest rate simulations under various rate scenarios and tax equivalent net interest margin reports. The results of these reports are compared to limits established by the Corporation’s ALCO Policies and appropriate adjustments are made if the results are outside of established limits.

The following table demonstrates the annualized result of an interest rate simulation and the estimated effect that a parallel interest rate shift in the yield curve and subjective adjustments in deposit pricing might have on the Corporation’s projected net interest income over the next 12 months.

This simulation assumes that there is no growth in the balance sheet over the next twelve months. The changes to net interest income shown below are in compliance with the Corporation’s policy guidelines. Actual results may differ significantly from the interest rate simulation due to numerous factors including assumptions, the competitive environment, market reactions and customer behavior.

 

8


Summary of Interest Rate Simulation

 

(dollars in thousands)

   December 31, 2008  
   Estimated Change
In Net Interest
Income Over
Next 12 Months
 

Change in Interest Rates

    

+200 basis points

   $ 1,126     2.75 %

+100 basis points

   $ (316 )   (.77 )%

-100 basis points

   $ 463     1.13 %

-200 basis points*

   $ N/A     N/A  

 

* Figures are N/A due to current rate environment

The interest rate simulation above indicates that the Corporation’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 is essentially interest rate neutral to slightly asset sensitive, meaning that an increase or decrease in interest rates will not have a significant impact on net interest income over the next 12 months. The interest rate simulation is an estimate based on assumptions, which are based in part on past behavior of customers, along with expectations of future behavior relative to interest rate changes. In today’s uncertain economic times, the reliability of the Corporation’s interest rate simulation model is more uncertain. Actual customer behavior may be significantly different than expected behavior, which could cause an unexpected outcome which might translate into lower net interest income. The Corporation’s current sensitivity to interest rate changes is essentially unchanged from December 31, 2007.

GAP Report

The interest sensitivity or “GAP” report identifies interest rate risk by showing repricing gaps in the bank’s balance sheet. All assets and liabilities are reflected based on behavioral sensitivity, which is usually the earliest of either: repricing, maturity, contractual amortization, prepayments or likely call dates. Non-maturity deposits such as NOW, Savings and money market accounts are spread over various time periods based on the expected sensitivity of these rates considering liquidity and investment preferences for the bank. Non-rate sensitive assets and liabilities are spread over time periods to reflect how the Corporation views the maturity of these funds.

Non-maturity deposits, demand deposits in particular, are recognized by the regulatory agencies to have different sensitivities to interest rate environments. Consequently, it is an accepted practice to spread non-maturity deposits over defined time periods in order to capture that sensitivity. Commercial demand deposits are often in the form of compensating balances, and fluctuate inversely to the level of interest rates; the maturity of those deposits is reported as having a shorter life than typical retail demand deposits. Additionally, the regulatory capital agencies have inferred what the appropriate distribution limits are for non-maturity deposits. The Corporation has taken a more conservative approach than these limits would imply by reporting them as having a shorter maturity. The following table presents the Corporation’s GAP Analysis as of December 31, 2008:

 

(dollars in thousands)    0 to 90
Days
    91 to 365
Days
    1 - 5
Years
    Over
5 Years
    Non-Rate
Sensitive
    Total  

Assets:

            

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 45,100     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 45,100  

Federal funds sold

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Money market funds

     5,109       —         —         —         —         5,109  

Investment securities

     15,969       29,140       46,884       16,336       —         108,329  

Loans (1)

     365,898       67,442       378,810       90,451       —         902,601  

Allowance

     —         —         —         —         (10,332 )     (10,332 )

Cash and due from banks

     —         —         —         —         18,776       18,776  

Other assets

     —         —         247       559       80,597       81,763  
                                                

Total assets

   $ 432,076     $ 96,582     $ 425,941     $ 107,346     $ 89,401     $ 1,151,346  
                                                

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

            

Demand, non-interest-bearing

   $ 33,582     $ 22,242     $ 118,625     $ —       $ —       $ 174,449  

Savings, NOW and market rate

     86,118       48,814       178,989       48,817       —         362,738  

Time deposits

     64,901       136,341       5,157       92       —         211,542  

Wholesale deposits

     95,086       41,536       14,324       —         —         120,761  

Borrowed funds

     2,496       17,617       122,724       12,102       —         154,939  

Subordinated debt

     15,000       —         —         —         —         15,000  

Other liabilities

     —         —         —         —         19,504       19,504  

Shareholders’ equity

     3,300       9,901       52,808       26,404       —         92,413  
                                                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 275,349     $ 276,451     $ 492,627     $ 87,415     $ 19,504     $ 1,151,346  
                                                

Interest earning assets

   $ 432,076       96,582       425,694       106,787       —         1,061,139  

Interest bearing liabilities

   $ 238,467       244,308       321,194       61,011       —         864,980  
                                                

Difference between interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities

   $ 193,609     $ (147,726 )   $ 104,500     $ 45,776     $ —       $ 196,159  
                                                

Cumulative difference between interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities

   $ 193,609     $ 45,863     $ 150,383     $ 196,159     $ —       $ 196,159  
                                                

Cumulative earning assets as a % of cumulative interest bearing liabilities

     181 %     110 %     119 %     123 %    

 

(1)

Loans include portfolio loans and leases and loans held for sale.

The table above indicates that the Corporation is asset neutral to slightly asset sensitive in the immediate to 90 day time frame and should experience an increase in net interest income in the near term, if interest rates rise. Accordingly, if rates decline, net interest income will also decline.

 

9


Maturity of Certificates of Deposit of $100,000 or Greater at December 31, 2008

 

(dollars in thousands)    Non-
Wholesale
   Wholesale

Three months or less

   $ 54,984    $ 60,133

Three to six months

     26,069      16,891

Six to twelve months

     34,343      —  

Greater than twelve months

     820      14,324
             

Total

   $ 116,216    $ 91,348
             

P ROVISION FOR L OAN AND L EASE L OSSES

 

General Discussion of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Corporation uses the allowance method of accounting for credit losses. The balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance”) is determined based on Management’s review and evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio in relation to past loss experience, the size and composition of the portfolio, current economic events and conditions, and other pertinent factors, including Management’s assumptions as to future delinquencies, recoveries and losses.

Increases to the allowance are implemented through a corresponding provision (expense) in the Corporation’s statement of income. Loans and leases deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance. Recoveries of previously charged-off amounts are credited to the allowance.

While Management considers the allowance to be adequate based on information currently available, future additions to the allowance may be necessary due to changes in economic conditions or Management’s assumptions as to future delinquencies, recoveries and losses and Management’s intent with regard to the disposition of loans. In addition, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Corporation’s allowance.

The Corporation’s allowance is the accumulation of four components that are calculated based on various independent methodologies. All components of the allowance are estimations. Management discusses these estimates earlier in this document under the heading of “Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates”. The four components are as follows:

 

   

Specific Loan Evaluation Component – Includes the specific evaluation of larger classified loans

 

   

Historical Charge-Off Component – Applies a five year historical charge-off rate to pools of non-classified loans

 

   

Additional Factors Component – The loan and lease portfolios are broken down into multiple homogenous subclassifications upon which multiple factors (such as delinquency trends, economic conditions, loan terms, credit grade, state of origination, industry, other relevant information and regulatory environment) are evaluated resulting in an allowance amount for each of the subclassifications. The sum of these amounts equals the Additional Factors Component.

 

   

Unallocated Component – This amount represents a reserve against all loans for factors not included in the components above.

Asset Quality and Analysis of Credit Risk

Credit quality on the overall loan and lease portfolio remains strong as total non-performing loans and leases of $5.8 million represents 65 basis points of portfolio loans and leases at December 31, 2008. This compares with 25 basis points or $2.0 million at December 31, 2007 and 11 basis points or $823 thousand at December 31, 2006. The increase in the non-performing loans from $2.0 million to $5.8 million is primarily related to one collateralized residential multi-home construction project. The Corporation is taking appropriate steps to minimize exposure on this loan.

The provision for loan and lease losses for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $5.6 million, $891 thousand and $832 thousand, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the allowance for loan and lease losses of $10.3 million represents 1.15% of portfolio loans and leases compared with 1.01% at December 31, 2007 and 1.19% at December 31, 2006. The increase in the allowance as a percentage of portfolio loans and leases from the end of 2007 to the end of 2008 reflects weakness in the leasing portfolio over the past four quarters, as this portfolio is national in scope. The balance of the Corporation’s loan portfolio is concentrated in the much better performing Montgomery, Chester and Delaware Counties of Pennsylvania.

The following list identifies certain key characteristics of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio:

 

   

Portfolio Loans – The Corporation’s $840.3 million loan portfolio is based in the Corporation’s traditional market areas of Chester, Delaware and Montgomery counties (Pennsylvania) and the greater Philadelphia area which have not experienced the hyper real estate price appreciation and subsequent decline that many areas around the country are experiencing. The Corporation has observed a slow-down in new construction in the local area and some home value reductions, but has not seen a substantial impact on the Corporation’s loan quality ratios relative to the loan portfolio.

 

10


   

Concentrations – The Corporation has a material portion of its loans (excluding leases) in real estate related loans. As of December 31, 2008, loans secured by real estate were $708.3 million or 84.3% of the total loan portfolio of $840 million, which includes $595.3 million of real estate loans. Loans secured by real estate include approximately $113.0 million of commercial and industrial loans.

A predominant percentage of the Corporation’s real estate exposure, both commercial and residential, is in the Corporation’s primary trade area which includes portions of Delaware, Chester, Montgomery and Philadelphia counties in Pennsylvania. Management is aware of this concentration and mitigates this risk to the extent possible in many ways, including the underwriting and assessment of the borrower’s capacity to repay and equity in the underlying real estate collateral.

 

   

Construction – Residential site development construction loans were $43.7 million at December 31, 2008, a decline from the $46.5 million at December 31, 2007. The residential site development portfolio had a delinquency rate of 6.06% at December 31, 2008 primarily due to one large residential site developer. The Corporation has taken steps to minimize further risk on this loan.

Commercial construction projects were $8.3 million at December 31, 2008, a decline from the $11 million at December 31, 2007. The commercial construction portfolio has no delinquencies and most loans within this subcategory will convert to permanent mortgages in 2009.

Construction loans of individual houses were $6.5 million at December 31, 2008 and $10.5 million at December 31, 2007. This decrease is attributable to the completion of existing construction projects and a lower level of new projects by the Corporation’s construction clients.

 

   

Non Traditional Loan Products – The Corporation’s portfolio of loans and leases as reflected on the balance sheet includes $64.6 million of first lien mortgage positions on one to four family residential loans that are interest only loans. At December 31, 2008, the total first lien interest only residential loans of $64.6 million included $54.0 million of adjustable rate loans that convert to principal and interest payments between five and ten years after inception and $10.6 million of fixed rate loans that continue as interest only loans until reaching maturity. These fixed rate loans will remain as interest only loans until maturity. While these loans are considered “non-traditional loan products,” Management does not consider these loans as having a higher risk since the underwriting standard and loan to value ratios are comparable to the remainder of the loan portfolio.

 

   

Leasing – The Corporation’s $59.3 million leasing portfolio is national in scope and consists of over 4,200 equipment financing leases to customers in all 50 states with initial lease terms of 24 to 60 months and yields significantly higher than other loans in the Corporation’s portfolio. Approximately 71% of the Corporation’s leases are in 14 states with California being the largest at approximately 14%.

Leasing portfolio balances at the end of 2008 were up $14.2 million to $59.3 million from the $45.1 million in 2007. The rate of growth within the leasing portfolio has been intentionally slowed and tighter underwriting standards have been implemented over the past twelve months.

The Corporation has established an allocation of the overall reserve for leases as shown in the table on page [12] of $1.89 million which equates to 3.19% of lease balances. Net lease charge-offs in 2008 of $3.36 million (or 6.24% of average leases) reflect the maturation of the lease portfolio, the inherent riskier nature of the leasing business compared to the Corporation’s other portfolio loans, and the impact of a struggling national economy.

 

11


Non-Performing Assets and Related Ratios as of December 31

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Non-accrual loans and leases

   $ 5,303     $ 747     $ 704     $ 261     $ 1,353  

Loans and leases 90 days or more past due

     504       1,263       119       129       22  
                                        

Total non-performing loans and leases

     5,807       2,010       823       390       1,375  

Other real estate owned (“OREO”)

     —         —         —         25       357  
                                        

Total non-performing assets

   $ 5,807     $ 2,010     $ 823     $ 415     $ 1,732  
                                        

Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing assets

     177.9 %     404.1 %     986.9 %     1,783.6 %     399.9 %

Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans

     177.9 %     404.1 %     986.9 %     1,897.9 %     503.8 %

Non-performing loans to total loans and leases

     0.65 %     0.25 %     0.12 %     0.07 %     0.25 %

Allowance for loan losses to total loans and leases

     1.15 %     1.01 %     1.19 %     1.24 %     1.25 %

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.50 %     0.20 %     0.10 %     0.06 %     0.25 %

Net loan and lease charge-offs/average loans and leases

     0.40 %     0.12 %     0.02 %     0.05 %     0.12 %

Net loan charge-offs/average loans

     0.00 %     0.05 %     0.02 %     0.05 %     0.12 %

Net lease charge-offs/average leases

     6.24 %     1.97 %     0.00 %     —         —    

Period end portfolio loans and leases

   $ 899,577     $ 802,925     $ 681,291     $ 595,165     $ 555,889  

Average loans and leases (average for year)

   $ 851,752     $ 740,694     $ 636,286     $ 582,386     $ 538,775  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 10,332     $ 8,124     $ 8,122     $ 7,402     $ 6,927  

Summary of Changes in the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Balance, January 1

   $ 8,124     $ 8,122     $ 7,402     $ 6,927     $ 6,670  

Charge-offs:

          

Consumer

     (72 )     (396 )     (31 )     (158 )     (94 )

Commercial and industrial

     (4 )     (41 )     —         —         (167 )

Real estate

     —         —         (120 )     (156 )     (431 )

Leases

     (3,540 )     (599 )     —         —         —    
                                        

Total charge-offs

     (3,616 )     (1,036 )     (151 )     (314 )     (692 )

Recoveries:

          

Consumer

     28       22       34       11       47  

Commercial and industrial

     —         46       3       12       2  

Real estate

     24       15       2       4       —    

Leases

     176       64       —         —         —    
                                        

Total Recoveries

     228       147       39       27       49  
                                        

Net charge-offs

     (3,388 )     (889 )     (112 )     (287 )     (643 )

Provision for loan and lease losses

     5,596       891       832       762       900  
                                        

Balance, December 31

   $ 10,332     $ 8,124     $ 8,122     $ 7,402     $ 6,927  
                                        

Allocation of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The following table sets forth an allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses by category. The specific allocations in any particular category may be changed in the future to reflect then current conditions. Accordingly, Management considers the entire allowance to be available to absorb losses in any category.

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
(dollars in thousands)         %
Loans
to
Total
Loans
         %
Loans
to
Total
Loans
         %
Loans
to
Total
Loans
         %
Loans
to
Total

Loans
         %
Loans
to
Total
Loans
 

Balance at end of period applicable to:

                                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 3,093    26.3 %   $ 2,636    26.4 %   $ 2,161    25.7 %   $ 2,191    28.5 %   $ 3,575    33.1 %

Real estate – construction

     1,061    6.5       850    8.3       950    11.0       569    7.6       741    6.6  

Real estate – mortgage

     4,154    59.7       3,727    58.7       4,448    60.9       4,141    62.3       806    58.5  

Consumer

     70    0.9       62    1.0       77    1.4       143    1.6       1,174    1.8  

Leases

     1,894    6.6       789    5.6       140    1.0       —      —         —      —    

Unallocated

     60    —         60    —         346    —         358    —         631    —    
                                                                 

Total

   $ 10,332    100 %   $ 8,124    100 %   $ 8,122    100 %   $ 7,402    100.0 %   $ 6,927    100.0 %
                                                                 

 

12


N ON -I NTEREST I NCOME

 

2008 Compared to 2007

For the year ended December 31, 2008, non-interest income was $21.5 million, an increase of $1.1 million or 5.4% above the $21.8 million in 2007 (which includes a $1.3 million after tax gain on sale of real estate). The primary factors for this increase were a $268 thousand gain on the sale of an interest rate floor in January 2008 and Wealth Management revenue of $13.8 million which was $340 thousand or 2.5% higher than 2007. The increase in Wealth Management fee revenue is attributable to the Lau Associates acquisition, as organic fees for wealth management services were reduced due to the decline in financial market valuations and the loss of an institutional client in November 2007 due to a business consolidation which accounted for $580 thousand of revenue in 2007.

It should be noted that Lau Associates revenues are on a flat fee basis, not on a percentage of assets under management, as are much of traditional wealth revenues.

2007 Compared to 2006

For the year ended December 31, 2007, non-interest income was $21.8 million, an increase of $3.4 million or 18.6% from the $18.4 million in 2006. The primary factors for this increase were the $1.3 million real estate gain on the sale of the Wynnewood property and Wealth Management revenue of $13.5 million which was $1.1 million or 8.7% higher than 2006. The increase in Wealth Management fee revenue was partially due to market appreciation, increased brokerage fee revenue, a fall 2007 minimum fee increase and increased assets and related revenue from an institutional client. The balance of the increase in non-interest income was due primarily to income from bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) acquired in May 2007, stronger mortgage loan sale revenue and a gain on the sale of other real estate owned.

Wealth Management revenues for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 include $580 thousand and $403 thousand, respectively, of fees not earned in 2008 relating to one institutional client that was acquired by another financial institution in a business combination on November 16, 2007. Wealth assets under Management and Administration relating to this client were approximately $412.4 million at December 31, 2006 and zero at December 31, 2007.

N ON -I NTEREST E XPENSE

 

2008 Compared to 2007

For the year ended December 31, 2008, non-interest expense was $38.7 million, an increase of $3.7 million or 10.6% over the $35.0 million in the same period in 2007. Primary factors contributing to this increase include a $647 impairment of mortgage servicing assets from a year ago due to the rapid decline of long-term mortgage rates, FDIC insurance costs rising $391 thousand or 483% from 2007 and personnel and related support costs associated with the acquisition of Lau Associates, the opening of the Corporation’s West Chester regional banking center, and the opening of The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware. Non-interest expenses in 2008 included approximately $135 thousand of expenses related to potential acquisitions that did not materialize and $141 thousand of amortization of intangible assets related to the Lau Associates acquisition.

2007 Compared to 2006

For the year ended December 31, 2007, non-interest expense was $35.0 million, an increase of $3.5 million or 11.3% over the $31.4 million in the same period in 2006. Personnel and related support costs associated with the new business initiatives, advertising costs, and professional and consulting fees were the primary contributors to this increase in non-interest expenses. Non-interest expenses in 2007 included approximately $350 thousand in personnel, professional and other costs that are not ongoing commitments.

I NCOME T AXES

 

Income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $5.0 million compared to $6.6 million in 2007 and $6.7 million in 2006. The effective tax rate was 34.96% in 2008, 32.58% in 2007 and 34.47% in 2006. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2008 was due to a decrease in tax free income related to the surrender of the BOLI insurance contract in 2008, state income taxes, and other smaller items.

Income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $6.6 million compared to $6.7 million in 2006 and $5.9 million in 2005. The effective tax rate was 32.6% in 2007, 34.5% in 2006 and 34.3% in 2005. The decrease in the effective tax rate in 2007 was due to an increase in tax-free income and other smaller items. The tax rates for 2006 and 2005 were relatively unchanged.

B ALANCE S HEET A NALYSIS

 

Asset Changes

Total assets increased $149.3 million or 14.9% from $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2007 to $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2008. The growth in total portfolio loans and leases of $96.7 million to $899.6 million, and an increase of $60 million in investment securities are the major factors contributing to the increase. Partially offsetting the increase in portfolio loans and leases and investments is a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $26.2 million from $95.2 million at December 31, 2007 to $69.0 million at December 31, 2008, primarily due to higher short-term cash inflows in the fourth quarter of 2007.

 

13


The Corporation’s investment portfolio increased to $108.3 million at December 31, 2008 from $48.3 million at December 31, 2007. The Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”) decided that increasing the investment portfolio to approximately 10% of total assets, and maintaining this level, will improve liquidity and provide the Corporation the opportunity to borrow additional funds through the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB-P”), Federal Reserve or other repurchase agreements. On December 31, 2008, the value of the Corporation’s investment security portfolio was $108.3 million compared with its amortized cost of $107.3 million.

The Corporation increased portfolio loans and leases in 2008 by 12.0% or $96.7 million to $899.6 million at December 31, 2008. The increase in loan volume during 2008 was concentrated in home equity lines and loans of $31.3 million or 25.4%, commercial mortgages which increased $25.2 million or 11.2%, and commercial and industrial loans which increased $22.6 million or 10.6% as loan demand remained strong. Leases increased $14.2 million from $45.1 million at December 31, 2007 to $59.3 million at December 31, 2008. Management’s intent is to have the leasing portfolio in 2009 remain constant or trend slightly downward.

Demand for high-quality loans remained consistent throughout 2008 although we are beginning to see the effects of the weakening economy both in the quantity and quality of lending opportunities. Reductions in the construction loan portfolio over the past 12 months reflect the conversion of completed projects to permanent status and the intentional scale-back of new construction projects by our residential home building customers.

Additionally in 2008, premises and equipment assets increased approximately $4 million due to branch expansion and the opening of The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware. The $10 million increase in goodwill and intangible assets is due to the purchase of Lau Associates.

Investment Portfolio

A maturity breakout of the investment portfolio by investment type at December 31, 2008 is as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Maturing
During
2009
    Maturing
From
2010
Through
2013
    Maturing
From
2014
Through
2018
    Maturing
After
2018
    Total  

Obligations of the U.S. Government and agencies:

          

Book value

   $ —       $ 10,999     $ —       $ —       $ 10,999  

Weighted average yield

     —         3.05 %     —         —         3.05 %

State and political subdivisions:

          

Book value

   $ —       $ 3,275     $ 2,117     $ 1,679     $ 7,071  

Weighted average yield

     —         3.15 %     3.48 %     3.84 %     3.41 %

Corporate bonds:

          

Book value

   $ —       $ 7,633     $ 2,548     $ —       $ 10,181  

Weighted average yield

     —         4.73 %     5.38 %     —         5.27 %

Other investment securities:

          

Book value

   $ 350     $ 600     $ —       $ —       $ 950  

Weighted average yield

     3.21 %     4.54 %     —         —         4.05 %
                                        

Subtotal book value

   $ 350     $ 22,507     $ 4,665     $ 1,679     $ 29,201  

Weighted average yield

     3.21 %     3.67 %     4.52 %     3.84 %     3.81 %

Mortgage backed securities 1

          

Book value

   $ —       $ —       $ 6,667     $ 71,387     $ 78,054  

Weighted average yield

     —         —         5.25 %     5.17 %     5.17 %
                                        

Total book value

   $ 350     $ 22,507     $ 11,332     $ 73,066     $ 107,255  
                                        

Weighted average yield

     3.21 %     3.67 %     4.95 %     5.14 %     4.80 %

 

1

Mortgage backed securities are included in the above table based on their contractual maturity. However, mortgage backed securities, by design, have scheduled monthly principle payments which may accelerate.

Loan Portfolio

A breakdown of the loan portfolio by major categories at December 31 for each of the last five years is as follows:

 

     December 31,
(dollars in thousands)    2008    2007    2006    2005    2004

Consumer

   $ 8,518    $ 7,990    $ 9,156    $ 9,437    $ 10,291

Commercial & Industrial

     236,469      213,834      175,278      170,283      186,923

Commercial Mortgage

     249,730      224,510      198,407      162,621      137,141

Construction

     58,446      66,901      74,798      45,523      36,941

Residential Mortgage

     132,536      121,313      103,572      99,602      75,081

Home Equity Lines & Loans

     154,576      123,293      113,068      107,699      109,512

Leases

     59,302      45,084      7,012      —        —  
                                  

Total Portfolio Loans and Leases

     899,577      802,925      681,291      595,165      555,889
                                  

Loans held for sale

     3,024      5,125      3,726      2,765      8,708
                                  
   $ 902,601    $ 808,050    $ 685,017    $ 597,930    $ 564,597
                                  

 

14


Loan Portfolio Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity

The loan maturity distribution and interest rate sensitivity table below excludes loans secured by one to four family residential properties and consumer loans as of December 31, 2008:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Maturing
During
2009
   Maturing
From
2010
Through
2013
   Maturing
After
2013
   Total

Loan Portfolio Maturity:

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 108,479    $ 80,324    $ 47,666    $ 236,469

Construction

     49,457      8,989      —        58,446

Commercial mortgage

     1,707      61,082      186,941      249,730

Leases

     1,755      57,521      26      59,302
                           

Total

   $ 161,398    $ 207,916    $ 234,633    $ 603,947
                           

Interest sensitivity on the above loans:

           

Loans with predetermined rates

   $ 20,696    $ 165,840    $ 72,669    $ 259,205

Loans with adjustable or floating rates

     140,702      42,076      161,964      344,742
                           

Total

   $ 161,398    $ 207,916    $ 234,633    $ 603,947
                           

Liability Changes

Total liabilities increased $147.2 million or 16.1% from $911.7 million as of December 31, 2007 to $1.06 billion as of December 31, 2008. Funding from wholesale sources at December 31, 2008 included approximately $120.8 million in wholesale certificates of deposit and $154.9 million in FHLB-P borrowings ($275.7 million in total). This compares with approximately $129.8 million and $45.0 million in wholesale certificates and FHLB-P borrowings, respectively, at December 31, 2007 ($174.8 million in total). The increase in total wholesale funding of $100.9 million in 2008 was primarily used to fund portfolio loan and lease growth and investment portfolio growth. Average other deposits (total deposits less wholesale certificates of deposit) for 2008 increased 6.1% or $37.8 million to $653.9 million compared with $616.1 million for 2007. See paragraph 3 of the Liquidity section for further details on the Corporation’s FHLB-P borrowing capacity and availability.

During 2008, the Corporation successfully attracted new core deposit balances in savings, NOW and market rate accounts. The balance as of December 31, 2008 was $332.6 million, an increase of 15.5% from December 31, 2007.

The Bank raised an aggregate of $15 million in subordinated debt in July and August 2008. The subordinated debt has a floating interest rate which resets quarterly at 90 day LIBOR plus 3.75%, which was 5.75% at December 31, 2008, has a maturity of 10 years and can be prepaid at the end of five years with no prepayment penalty. See Note 10 Subordinated Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Deposits

A breakdown of the deposits by major categories at December 31 for each of the last five years is as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008    2007    2006    2005    2004

Interest-bearing checking

   $ 135,513    $ 137,486    $ 143,742    $ 154,319    $ 166,901

Money market

     142,707      114,310      111,338      112,319      126,058

Savings

     54,333      36,181      40,441      46,258      50,300

IND deposits

     30,185      —        —        —        —  

Wholesale deposits

     120,761      129,820      19,976      5,000      —  

Time deposits

     211,542      203,462      200,446      150,322      110,470
                                  

Interest-bearing deposits

   $ 695,041    $ 621,259    $ 515,943    $ 468,218    $ 453,729

Non-interest bearing deposits

     174,449      228,269      198,546      168,042      147,236
                                  

Total deposits

   $ 869,490    $ 849,528    $ 714,489    $ 636,260    $ 600,965
                                  

D ISCUSSION OF S EGMENTS

 

The Corporation has three principal segments (Residential Mortgage, Wealth Management, and Banking) as defined by SFAS No. 131 “Segment Reporting”. These segments are discussed below. Detailed segment information appears in Note 26 in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

Residential Mortgage Segment Activity

All activity is for the year unless noted otherwise:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007     2006  

Residential loans held in portfolio*

   $ 132,536     $ 121,313     $ 103,75252  

Mortgage originations

     109,219       127,611       127,307  

Mortgage loans sold:

      

Servicing retained

   $ 43,575     $ 24,300     $ 20,910  

Servicing released

     34,259       64,466       46,750  
                        

Total mortgage loans sold

   $ 77,834     $ 88,766     $ 67,660  
                        

Percentage of mortgage loans sold:

      

Servicing retained %

     56.0 %     27.4 %     30.9 %

Servicing released %

     44.0 %     72.6 %     69.1 %

Loans serviced for others*

   $ 350,199     $ 357,363     $ 382,141  

Mortgage servicing rights*

   $ 2,205     $ 2,820     $ 2,883  

Gain on sale of loans

   $ 1,275     $ 1,250     $ 954  

Loans servicing & late fees

   $ 1,194     $ 1,115     $ 1,126  

Amortization of MSRs

   $ 367     $ 327     $ 348  

Impairment of MSRs

   $ 668     $ 21     $ 14  

Basis point gain on loans sold

     164       141       141  

 

* Period end balance

The Mortgage Banking segment had a pre-tax segment loss (“PTSL”) of $198 thousand in 2008 compared with a pre-tax segment profit (“PTSP”) of $555 thousand in 2007. This change is primarily due to the impairment of mortgage servicing rights which increased $647 thousand due to lower rates at the end of 2008.

 

15


Mortgage originations in 2008 of $109.2 million were down from a year ago and 2006. The value of mortgages sold (servicing retained and servicing released) in 2008 of $77.8 million was 12.3% lower than those sold in 2007. However, the gain on sale of loans in 2008 of $1.28 million was 2.0% higher than the gain on sale of loans in 2007 (as the gain per loan sold of 164 basis points was 23 basis points higher from 2007 and 2006). Management expects mortgage originations in 2009 to be higher than 2008 due to the reduction in interest rates at the end of 2008.

Loans serviced for others have declined respectively from $382.1 million to $357.4 million to $350.2 million at the end of 2006, 2007 and 2008.

Wealth Segment Activity

 

(in millions)    2008    2007    2006

Brokerage assets

   $ 75.7    $ 85.3    $ 76.3

Assets under management – other institutions

     —        —        412.4

Wealth assets under management, and supervision (Lau)

     506.6      —        —  

Wealth assets under management and administration (BMTC)

     1,564.1      2,191.8      2,102.4
                    

Total wealth assets under management, administration, brokerage and supervision

   $ 2,146.4    $ 2,277.1    $ 2,591.1
                    

The Wealth Management segment reported a 2008 PTSP of $5.5 million, an 18% or a $1.2 million decrease over 2007. The decrease in PTSP was primarily due to a $1.5 million or 22% increase in Wealth Management overall expense, partially offset by a $353 thousand or 2.6% increase in revenue. The increase in Wealth revenue is attributable to the Lau Associates acquisition, as organic fees for Wealth Management services were reduced due to the decline in financial market valuations and the loss of an institutional client in November 2007 due to a business consolidation.

Total wealth assets under management, administration and brokerage fell $130.7 million from 2007 levels, as the Lau Associates acquisition helped offset the organic wealth management decline. It is expected that the acquisition will help the Corporation grow wealth assets under management and supervision, grow non-interest income and expand our footprint in the State of Delaware.

The Wealth Management segment reported a 2007 PTSP of $6.7 million, an 11.4% or $683 thousand increase over 2006. The increase in PTSP was primarily due to a $1.1 million or 8.7% increase in Wealth Management revenue, partially offset by a $397 thousand or 6.0% increase in expenses, primarily personnel related. The increase in Wealth revenue is attributable to market appreciation, increased assets under management and revenue from an institutional client, increased brokerage revenue and a fall 2007 minimum fee increase.

Banking Segment Activity

Banking segment data as presented in Note 26 in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements indicates a PTSP of $9.9 million in 2008, $13.6 million in 2007, which includes a $1.33 million gain on real estate, and $13.0 million in 2006. See Components of Net Income earlier in this documentation for a discussion of the Banking Segment.

C APITAL

 

Consolidated shareholder’s equity of the Corporation was $92.4 million or 8.03% of total assets as of December 31, 2008 compared to $90.4 million or 9.02% of total assets as of December 31, 2007. The decline of 99 basis points is primarily the result of asset growth.

The Bank raised an aggregate of $15 million in subordinated debt in July and August 2008 to support organic loan growth, and to offset the impact on regulatory capital from the Lau Associates acquisition.

The Corporation’s and Bank’s regulatory capital ratios and the minimum capital requirements to be considered “Well Capitalized” by banking regulators are displayed in Note 23 of the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

As disclosed earlier in this document, the Corporation elected not to participate in the Federal government’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) for several reasons, the most significant being the strong capital position of the Corporation and the Bank, and the uncertainty surrounding the constantly changing conditions of the program. Both the Corporation and the Bank exceed the required capital levels to be considered “Well Capitalized” by their respective regulators at the end of each period presented.

Neither the Corporation nor the Bank are under any agreement with regulatory authorities, nor is Management aware of any current recommendations by the regulatory authorities which, if such recommendations were implemented, would have a material effect on liquidity, capital resources or operations of the Corporation.

During 2008 and 2007, the Corporation repurchased $361 thousand and $2.4 million in common stock representing 18,371 and 101,403 shares at an average cost of $19.68 and $23.85, respectively. However, the Corporation’s last direct stock market buy back was on May 23, 2008.

Under the terms of the Lau Associates acquisition, the Corporation has three additional earn-out payments due in the first quarter of each of 2010, 2011 and 2012 (which will each be recorded at the end of 2009, 2010, and 2011), with the maximum purchase price not exceeding $19 million ($10 million already paid). As a result of these expected future payments and expected asset growth, the

 

16


Corporation is presently evaluating several methods of raising capital to maintain its well capitalized levels without impeding earning asset growth. Possible methods might include a dividend reinvestment and stock repurchase plan, additional subordinated debt, and/or other possible transactions.

See Note 1-U in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

L IQUIDITY

 

The Corporation manages its liquidity position on a daily basis as part of the daily settlement function and on a monthly basis as part of the asset liability management process. The Corporation’s primary liquidity is maintained by managing its deposits along with the utilization of purchased federal funds, borrowings from the FHLB-P and utilization of other wholesale funding sources. Secondary sources of liquidity include the sale of investment securities and certain loans in the secondary market.

Other wholesale funding sources include certificates of deposit from brokers, generally available in blocks of $1.0 million or more, CDARS, PLGIT and the IND Program which grew $30 million in 2008.

Maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB-P as of December 31, 2008 was approximately $345 million, with an unused borrowing availability of approximately $142 million. Availability at the Federal Reserve was $9 million and additionally, in the first quarter of 2009, the Bank pledged approximately $110 million of commercial and industrial loans to the Federal Reserve’s discount window program providing an additional approximate $80 million of borrowing capacity. Overnight Fed Funds lines consist of lines from 6 banks totaling $75 million. Quarterly, ALCO reviews the Corporation’s liquidity needs and reports its findings to the Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors.

On December 31, 2008, the FHLB-P voluntarily suspended its dividend and capital stock repurchase program until further notice due to earnings and investment issues. The Bank has an $8 million investment in FHLB-P stock that currently does not earn a dividend and cannot be redeemed. The Bank earned $186 thousand on this stock in 2008, which was recorded in other income. Management is monitoring this situation closely. While this situation will not restrict the Corporation’s usage of the FHLB-P for borrowings, it will increase the cost. The Federal Reserve’s Discount Window is more attractive, but product availability at the Federal Reserve is less flexible.

The Corporation’s investment portfolio of $108.3 million at December 31, 2008 is approximately 9.4% of total assets. The Corporation’s policy is to keep the investment portfolio at approximately 10% of total assets. The investment portfolio provided the Corporation with the opportunity to utilize the securities to borrow additional funds through the FHLB-P, Federal Reserve or through other repurchase agreements.

The Corporation continually evaluates the capacity and the cost of continuing to fund earning asset growth with wholesale deposits. The Corporation believes that it has sufficient capacity to fund expected 2009 earning asset growth with wholesale sources, along with deposit growth from the newly opened West Chester regional branch and deposit inflows from troubled institutions.

The Corporation elected to participate (i.e. did not opt out of) the FDIC’s additional deposit insurance program originally covering balances up to $250 thousand and then providing additional coverage over $250 thousand. After final adjustments in January 2009, this program now covers the following: all non-interest bearing DDA accounts; NOW accounts paying less than 50 basis points; interest on lawyer trust accounts (“IOLTA”); and certain trust sweep accounts. The Corporation will pay additional FDIC insurance through December 31, 2009 when this program is scheduled to expire.

O FF B ALANCE S HEET R ISK

 

The following chart presents the off-balance sheet commitments of the Bank as of December 31, 2008, listed by dates of funding or payment:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Total    Within 1
Year
   2 - 3
Years
   4 - 5
Years
   After 5
Years

Unfunded loan commitments

   $ 298,152    $ 179,571    $ 47,374    $ 7,144    $ 64,063

Standby letters of credit

     20,216      8,914      1,026      10,276      —  
                                  

Total

   $ 318,368    $ 188,485    $ 48,400    $ 17,420    $ 64,063
                                  

The Corporation becomes party to financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and create off-balance sheet risk.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the loan agreement.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to a customer for a third party. Such standby letters of credit are issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is similar to that involved in granting loan facilities to customers.

 

17


Estimated fair values of the Corporation’s off-balance sheet instruments are based on fees and rates currently charged to enter into similar loan agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. Collateral requirements for off-balance sheet items are generally based upon the same standards and policies as booked loans. Since fees and rates charged for off-balance sheet items are at market levels when set, there is no material difference between the stated amount and the estimated fair value of off-balance sheet instruments.

C ONTRACTUAL C ASH O BLIGATIONS OF THE C ORPORATION AS OF D ECEMBER  31, 2008

 

 

(dollars in thousands)    Total    Within 1
Year
   2 - 3
Years
   4 - 5
Years
   After 5
Years

Deposits without a stated maturity

   $ 537,187    $ 537,187    $ —      $ —      $ —  

Wholesale and retail certificates of deposit

     332,303      312,729      19,207      275      92

Operating leases

     21,834      1,334      2,523      2,132      15,845

Purchase obligations

     5,913      1,856      2,839      1,218      —  

Non-discretionary pension contributions

     131      131      —        —        —  
                                  

Total

   $ 897,368    $ 853,237    $ 24,569    $ 3,625    $ 15,937
                                  

O THER I NFORMATION

 

New Offices

The Corporation successfully opened its West Chester regional banking center and The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware in 2008. The West Chester PA regional banking center is a conveniently located, state-of-the-art 4,000 foot facility with a multi-lane drive-up and twenty-four hour ATM banking. Also during the year, the Corporation completed a significant renovation of its Wayne, PA branch, making the branch much more visible and enhancing its ability to attract new business. The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of DE allows the Corporation to serve as a corporate fiduciary under DE statutes and provides a competitive advantage of being able to serve as a corporate fiduciary under either DE or PA statutes. This is very appealing to trust and estate attorneys. These openings expanded the Corporation’s footprint into two attractive geographic markets and further diversify our products and client base into the affluent markets in each target.

Regulatory Matters and Pending Legislation

Management is not aware of any other current specific recommendations by regulatory authorities or proposed legislation which, if implemented, would have a material adverse effect upon the liquidity, capital resources, or results of operations, however the general cost of compliance with numerous and multiple federal and state laws and regulations does have, and in the future may have, an impact on the Corporation’s results of operations.

In February 2006, Congress passed the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (FDIRA-2005”). This legislation will: (i) merge the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund into one fund; (ii) increase insurance coverage for retirement accounts to $250,000; (iii) adjust the maximum deposit insurance for inflation after March 31, 2010; and (iv) give the FDIC greater flexibility in setting insurance assessments. As part of the FDIRA-2005, the Corporation’s primary operating subsidiary, the Bank, was granted a one-time credit of approximately $409 thousand for utilization against future FDIC insurance premiums.

The FDIC announced that 2008 assessments would range from 5 to 7 basis points for well capitalized institutions with composite regulatory examination ratings of one or two. This base assessment will increase again effective January 1, 2009 by 7 basis points. These increases bring the January 1, 2009 base assessment rate to between 12 and 16 basis points. The Corporation may be subject to additional adjustments of up to 8 basis points depending on its level of unsecured and secured borrowings effective April 1, 2009 based on final FDIC rules regarding ongoing assessment which were issued on February 27, 2009.

On February 27, 2009 the FDIC adopted an interim rule imposing a 20 basis point emergency special assessment on the banking industry on June 30, 2009. The assessment is to be collected on September 30, 2009. The interim rule would also permit the FIDC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009 of up to 10 basis points if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance. Comments on the interim rule on special assessments are due no later than 30 days after publication in the Federal Register. A special assessment of 20 basis points would amount to approximately $1.74 million based on December 31, 2008 deposits of approximately $869 million.

In October 2008, the FDIC announced its TLGP pursuant to which the FDIC will guarantee the payment of certain newly-issued senior unsecured debt of insured depository institutions (“Debt Guarantee”) and funds held at FDIC-insured depository institutions in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts in excess of the current standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250,000 (“Transaction Account Guarantee”). Both guarantees were provided to eligible institutions, including the Corporation, at no cost through December 5, 2008. Participation in the TLPG subsequent to December 5, 2008 is optional.

The Corporation has elected to participate in the TLPG subsequent to December 5, 2008. The Transaction Account Guarantee is effective for the Corporation through January 1, 2010. Under the Debt Guarantee, qualifying senior unsecured debt newly issued by the Corporation during the period from October 14, 2008 to June 30, 2009, inclusive, is covered by the FDIC guarantee. The maximum amount of debt that eligible institutions can issue under the guarantee is 125% of the par value of the entity’s qualifying

 

18


senior unsecured debt, excluding debt to affiliates that was outstanding as of September 30, 2008, and scheduled to mature by June 30, 2009. The FDIC will provide guarantee coverage until the earlier of the eligible debt’s maturity or June 30, 2012.

The Corporation utilized $365 thousand of the one-time credit in 2007 and the remaining $44 thousand in the first quarter of 2008. FDIC expense incurred in 2008 was $472 thousand. The 2009 FDIC expense which will include the increase announced in 2008 and the impact of its TLGP is estimated to be $1.4 million, excluding any special assessments. The estimate of approximately $1.4 million of FDIC expense is based on Management’s preliminary analysis of the FDIC’s February 27, 2009 final rule regarding on-going assessments.

Participants in the Debt Guarantee Program will be assessed an annualized fee of 75 basis points for its participation, and an annualized fee of 10 basis points for its participation in the Transaction Account Guarantee. To the extent that these initial assessments are insufficient to cover the expense or losses arising under TLPG, the FDIC is required to impose an emergency special assessment on all FDIC-insured depository institutions as prescribed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

Recent market conditions have made it difficult or uneconomical to access the capital markets. As a result, the United States Congress, the Treasury, and the FDIC have announced various programs designed to enhance market liquidity and bank capital.

In response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was signed into law and established the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) administered by the U.S. Treasury Department. As part of TARP, the Treasury established the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) to provide up to $700 billion of funding to eligible financial institutions through the purchase of capital stock and other financial instruments for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. In connection with EESA, there have been numerous actions by the Federal Reserve Board, Congress, the Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC and others to further the economic and banking industry stabilization efforts under EESA. It remains unclear at this time what further legislative and regulatory measures will be implemented under EESA affecting the Corporation.

As a further response to the economic crisis, President Obama signed into law on February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), more commonly known as the economic stimulus or economic recovery package. ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health, and education needs. In addition, ARRA imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients until they have repaid the Treasury, which is now permitted under ARRA without penalty and without the need to raise new capital, subject to the Treasury’s consultation with the recipient’s appropriate regulatory agency.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation has some impact on the Corporation’s operating costs. Unlike many industrial companies, however, substantially all of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on the Corporation’s performance than the general level of inflation. Over short periods of time, interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as prices of goods and services.

Effect of Government Monetary Policies

The earnings of the Corporation are and will be affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. An important function of the Federal Reserve Board is to regulate the money supply and interest rates. Among the instruments used to implement those objectives are open market operations in United States government securities and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments, and deposits, and their use may also affect rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.

The Corporation is a member of the Federal Reserve System and, therefore, the policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board have a significant effect on its deposits, loans and investment growth, as well as the rate of interest earned and paid, and are expected to affect the Corporation’s operations in the future. The effect of such policies and regulations upon the future business and earnings of the Corporation cannot be predicted.

Q UANTITATIVE A ND Q UALITATIVE D ISCLOSURES A BOUT M ARKET R ISKS

 

The quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risks are included in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, in various sections detailed as follows:

“Net Interest Income”– Rate Volume Analysis of Interest Rates and Interest Differential, Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 2008 Compared to 2007, and – 2007 Compared to 2006, Net Interest Margin Over the Last Five Quarters, Interest Rate Sensitivity, Summary Interest Rate Simulation, and Gap Report; “Provision for Loan and Lease Losses” – General Discussion of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses, Asset Quality and Analysis of Credit Risk, Non-Performing Assets and Related Ratios, Summary of

 

19


Changes in the Allowance of Loan and Lease Losses, Allocation of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses; “Non-Interest Income; “Non-Interest Expense”; “Income Taxes”; “Balance Sheet Analysis”; “Discussion of Segments”; “Capital”; “Liquidity”; “Off Balance Sheet Risk”; “Contractual Cash Obligation of the Corporation as of December 31, 2008”; and “Other Information.”

S PECIAL C AUTIONARY N OTICE R EGARDING F ORWARD L OOKING S TATEMENTS

 

Certain of the statements contained in this report and the documents incorporated by reference herein, may constitute forward-looking statements for the purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause actual results, performance or achievements of the Corporation to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to the Corporation’s financial goals, business plans, business prospects, credit quality, credit risk, reserve adequacy, liquidity, origination and sale of residential mortgage loans, impairment of goodwill, the effect of changes in accounting standards, and market and pricing trends. The words “anticipate,” “believe”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intended,” “plan,” “may”, “seek” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. The Corporation’s actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated by the forward-looking statement due to a variety of factors, including without limitation:

 

   

the effect of future economic conditions on the Corporation and its customers, including economic factors which affect consumer confidence in the securities markets, wealth creation, investment and savings patterns, and the Corporation’s interest rate risk exposure and credit risk;

 

   

changes in the securities markets with respect to the market values of financial assets and the stability of particular securities markets;

 

   

changes in Federal, State and local tax laws, regulations and judicial decisions;

 

   

governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislation and regulatory changes;

 

   

changes in accounting requirements or interpretations;

 

   

the risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the value of loan collateral and securities, as well as interest rate risk;

 

   

the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage companies, finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money-market and mutual funds and other institutions operating in the Corporation’s trade market area and elsewhere including institutions operating locally, regionally, nationally and internationally together with such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer and the Internet;

 

   

any extraordinary event (such as the September 11, 2001 events, the war on terrorism and the U.S. Government’s response to those events including the war in Iraq);

 

   

the Corporation’s success in continuing to generate new business in its existing markets, as well as its success in identifying and penetrating targeted markets and generating a profit in those markets in a reasonable time;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to continue to generate investment results for customers and the ability to continue to develop investment products in a manner that meets customer’s needs;

 

   

the Corporation’s success in and timely development of competitive new products and services in a changing environment and the acceptance of such products and services by customers;

 

   

the Corporation’s ability to originate, sell and service residential mortgage loans;

 

   

the accuracy of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimates in the value of collateral, the market value of mortgage servicing rights and various financial assets and liabilities;

 

   

technological changes being more difficult or expensive than anticipated;

 

   

the Corporation’s success in managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

All written or oral forward-looking statements attributed to the corporation are expressly qualified in their entirety by use of the foregoing cautionary statements. All forward-looking statements included in this report are based upon information presently available, and the corporation assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement.

 

20


Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Corporation’s Management is responsible for both establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting. As of December 31, 2008, Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal controls over financial reporting and concluded that such internal controls are effective and found no material weaknesses. The assessment was accomplished using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective, based on the COSO criteria.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by KPMG LLP, (“KPMG”) the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm having responsibility for auditing the Corporation’s financial statements. KPMG has expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.

 

21


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and subsidiaries (the Corporation) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows, changes in shareholders’ equity, and comprehensive income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Corporation adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share Based Payment,” effective January 1, 2006, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” effective December 31, 2006, and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” in 2006.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 13, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

LOGO
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 13, 2009

 

22


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation and subsidiaries (the Corporation) as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Corporation as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows, changes in shareholders’ equity, and comprehensive income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated March 13, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 13, 2009

 

23


Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     As of December 31,  
     2008     2007  
    

(dollars in thousands,

except share and per share data)

 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 18,776     $ 76,965  

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     45,100       1,209  

Federal funds sold

     —         17,000  

Money market funds

     5,109       100  
                

Cash and cash equivalents

     68,985       95,274  

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $107,255 and $48,136 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively)

     108,329       48,302  

Loans held for sale

     3,024       5,125  

Portfolio loans and leases

     899,577       802,925  

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (10,332 )     (8,124 )
                

Net portfolio loans and leases

     889,245       794,801  
                

Premises and equipment, net

     21,296       16,952  

Accrued interest receivable

     4,033       4,316  

Deferred income taxes

     5,478       2,891  

Mortgage servicing rights

     2,205       2,820  

Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)

     15,585       15,424  

Goodwill

     4,629       —    

Intangible assets

     5,729       —    

Other investments

     10,866       5,640  

Other assets

     11,942       10,551  
                

Total assets

   $ 1,151,346     $ 1,002,096  
                

Liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

Non-interest-bearing demand

   $ 174,449     $ 228,269  

Savings, NOW and market rate accounts

     362,738       287,977  

Wholesale deposits

     120,761       129,820  

Time deposits

     211,542       203,462  
                

Total deposits

     869,490       849,528  
                

Borrowed funds

     154,939       45,000  

Subordinated debt

     15,000       —    

Accrued interest payable

     4,369       6,294  

Other liabilities

     15,135       10,923  
                

Total liabilities

     1,058,933       911,745  
                

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common stock, par value $1; authorized 100,000,000 shares; issued 11,513,782 and 11,434,332 shares as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and outstanding of 8,592,259 and 8,526,084 shares as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

     11,514       11,434  

Paid-in capital in excess of par value

     12,983       11,698  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax benefit

     (7,995 )     (4,304 )

Retained earnings

     105,845       101,146  
                
     122,347       119,974  

Less: Common stock in treasury at cost – 2,921,523 and 2,908,248 shares as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

     (29,934 )     (29,623 )
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     92,413       90,351  
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,151,346     $ 1,002,096  
                

Book value per share

   $ 10.76     $ 10.60  
                

Tangible book value per share

   $ 9.55     $ 10.60  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

24


Consolidated Statements of Income

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
     2008    2007    2006
     (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Interest income:

        

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 47,487    $ 48,797    $ 43,683

Interest and fees on leases

     5,764      2,988      92

Interest on cash and cash equivalents

     300      250      176

Interest on investment securities

     4,383      2,183      1,955
                    

Total interest income

     57,934      54,218      45,906
                    

Interest expense:

        

Interest expense on savings, NOW and market rate deposits

     3,753      4,169      3,850

Interest expense on time deposits

     6,791      8,662      7,136

Interest expense on wholesale deposits

     5,498      4,925      579

Interest expense on subordinated debt

     408      —        —  

Interest expense on other borrowings

     4,346      2,220      1,042
                    

Total interest expense

     20,796      19,976      12,607
                    

Net interest income

     37,138      34,242      33,299

Provision for loan and lease losses

     5,596      891      832
                    

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     31,542      33,351      32,467
                    

Non-interest income:

        

Fees for Wealth management services

     13,842      13,502      12,422

Service charges on deposit accounts

     1,685      1,464      1,540

Loan servicing and other fees

     1,194      1,115      1,126

Net gain on sale of loans

     1,275      1,250      954

Net gain on sale of securities

     230      —        —  

Net gain on sale of real estate

     —        1,333      —  

BOLI income

     261      424      —  

Other operating income

     2,985      2,693      2,319
                    

Total non-interest income

     21,472      21,781      18,361
                    

Non-interest expenses:

        

Salaries and wages

     18,989      17,116      15,754

Employee benefits

     4,172      4,548      4,287

Occupancy and bank premises

     3,165      2,862      2,534

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

     2,324      2,078      1,925

Advertising

     1,115      1,026      898

Professional fees

     1,550      1,585      1,016

FDIC insurance

     472      81      78

Other operating expense

     6,889      5,663      4,931
                    

Total non-interest expenses

     38,676      34,959      31,423
                    

Income before income taxes

     14,338      20,173      19,405

Income tax expense

     5,013      6,573      6,689
                    

Net income

   $ 9,325    $ 13,600    $ 12,716
                    

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.09    $ 1.59    $ 1.48

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 1.08    $ 1.58    $ 1.46

Dividends per share

   $ 0.54    $ 0.50    $ 0.46

Weighted-average basic shares outstanding

     8,566,938      8,539,904      8,578,050

Dilutive potential common shares

     34,233      93,638      113,579
                    

Weighted-average dilutive shares

     8,601,171      8,633,542      8,691,629
                    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

25


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
   2008     2007     2006  
   (dollars in thousands)  

Operating activities:

      

Net Income

   $ 9,325     $ 13,600     $ 12,716  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Provision for loan and lease losses

     5,596       891       832  

Provision for depreciation and amortization

     1,920       1,596       1,455  

Loans originated for resale

     (74,458 )     (90,164 )     (68,209 )

Proceeds from sale of loans

     77,834       90,015       68,202  

Net gain on sale of loans

     (1,275 )     (1,250 )     (954 )

Net gain on sale of real estate

     —         (1,333 )     —    

Provision for deferred income taxes (benefit)

     (600 )     82       (496 )

Change in income taxes payable/receivable

     (906 )     707       1,228  

Change in accrued interest receivable

     283       (84 )     (967 )

Change in accrued interest payable

     (1,925 )     1,948       2,203  

Change in mortgage servicing rights

     615       63       99  

Change in intangible assets

     141       —         —    

Other, net

     (3,832 )     (3,213 )     (2,180 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     12,718       12,858       13,929  
                        

Investing activities:

      

Purchases of investment securities

     (105,865 )     (17,033 )     (28,229 )

Proceeds from maturities of investment securities and mortgage-backed securities pay downs

     9,534       8,775       7,181  

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

     26,011       —         —    

Proceeds from calls of investment securities

     9,705       8,595       5,940  

Proceeds from sale of real estate

     —         1,850       —    

Proceeds from sale of securities

     1,350       —         —    

Net increase in other investments

     (5,226 )     (1,424 )     (2,622 )

Net repayments on notes receivable

     —         —         954  

Net portfolio loan originations

     (100,040 )     (122,524 )     (87,192 )

Purchase of Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI)

     —         (15,000 )     —    

Purchase of premises and equipment

     (5,930 )     (2,388 )     (3,303 )

Sale of Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

     —         110       25  

Purchase of Lau Associates

     (9,875 )     —         —    
                        

Net cash used by investing activities

     (180,336 )     (139,139 )     (107,246 )
                        

Financing activities:

      

Change in demand, NOW, savings and market rate deposit accounts

     20,941       22,179       13,130  

Change in time deposits

     8,080       3,016       50,124  

Change in wholesale deposits

     (9,059 )     109,844       14,976  

Dividends paid

     (4,626 )     (4,269 )     (3,948 )

Increase in borrowed funds greater than 90 days

     124,939       45,000       15,000  

Repayment of borrowed funds greater than 90 days

     —         (15,000 )     —    

Purchase of treasury stock

     (361 )     (2,420 )     (3,406 )

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

     185       182       293  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     1,230       918       2,511  
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     141,329       159,450       88,680  
                        

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (26,289 )     33,269       (4,637 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     95,274       62,005       66,642  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 68,985     $ 95,274     $ 62,005  
                        

Supplemental cash flow information:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Income taxes

   $ 6,238     $ 6,192     $ 7,289  

Interest

     22,721       18,028       10,404  

Supplemental cash flow information:

      

Change in other comprehensive income

   $ (5,678 )   $ 223     $ 648  

Change in deferred tax due to change in other comprehensive income

     (1,987 )     77       227  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

26


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006
 
     Shares of
Common
Stock Issued
    Common
Stock
    Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Balance - December 31, 2005

   11,221,899     $ 11,222     $ 7,888     $ 82,639     $ (643 )   $ (23,884 )   $ 77,222  

Cumulative effect adjustment to initially apply SAB 108

   —         —         —         408       —         —         408  

Net Income

   —         —         —         12,716       —         —         12,716  

Dividends declared - $0.46 per share

   —         —         —         (3,948 )       —         (3,948 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax expense of $227

   —         —         —         —         421       —         421  

Tax benefit stock option exercise

   —         —         293       —         —         —         293  

Purchase of treasury stock

   —         —         —         —         —         (3,406 )     (3,406 )

Retirement of treasury stock

   (4,671 )     (5 )     (41 )     —         —         46       —    

Common stock issued

   155,954       156       2,458       —         —         —         2,614  

Adjustment to initially apply FAS 158, net of tax benefit

   —         —         —         —         (4,228 )     —         (4,228 )
                                                      

Balance - December 31, 2006

   11,373,182     $ 11,373     $ 10,598     $ 91,815     $ (4,450 )   $ (27,244 )   $ 82,092  

Net Income

   —         —         —         13,600       —         —         13,600  

Dividends declared - $0.50 per share

   —         —         —         (4,269 )     —         —         (4,269 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax expense of $77

   —         —         —         —         146       —         146  

Tax benefit stock option exercise

   —         —         182       —         —         —         182  

Purchase of treasury stock

   —         —         —         —         —         (2,420 )     (2,420 )

Retirement of treasury stock

   (4,128 )     (4 )     (37 )     —         —         41       —    

Common stock issued

   65,278       65       955       —         —         —         1,020  
                                                      

Balance - December 31, 2007

   11,434,332     $ 11,434     $ 11,698     $ 101,146     $ (4,304 )   $ (29,623 )   $ 90,351  

Net Income

   —         —         —         9,325       —         —         9,325  

Dividends declared - $0.54 per share

   —         —         —         (4,626 )     —         —         (4,626 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax benefit of ($1,987)

   —         —         —         —         (3,691 )     —         (3,691 )

Tax benefit stock option exercise

   —         —         185       —         —         —         185  

Purchase of treasury stock

   —         —         —         —         —         (361 )     (361 )

Retirement of treasury stock

   (5,096 )     (5 )     (45 )     —         —         50       —    

Common stock issued

   84,546       85       1,145       —         —         —         1,230  
                                                      

Balance - December 31, 2008

   11,513,782     $ 11,514     $ 12,983     $ 105,845     $ (7,995 )   $ (29,934 )   $ 92,413  
                                                      

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
     2008     2007     2006
     (dollars in thousands)

Net income

   $ 9,325     $ 13,600     $ 12,716

Other comprehensive income:

      

Unrealized investment gains, net of tax expense of $318, $198 and $76, respectively

     589       370       140

Change in unfunded pension and post-retirement liability, net of tax expense (benefit) of $(2,305), ($121) and $151, respectively

     (4,280 )     (224 )     281
                      

Comprehensive income

   $ 5,634     $ 13,746     $ 13,137
                      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

27


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. S UMMARY OF S IGNIFICANT A CCOUNTING P OLICIES

 

A. Nature of Business

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company (the “Bank”) received its Pennsylvania banking charter in 1889 and is a member of the Federal Reserve System. In 1986, Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Corporation”) was formed and on January 2, 1987, the Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation. The Bank and Corporation are headquartered in Bryn Mawr, PA, a western suburb of Philadelphia, PA. The Corporation and its subsidiaries provide wealth management, community banking, residential mortgage lending, insurance and business banking services to its customers through nine full service branches and seven retirement community offices throughout Montgomery, Delaware and Chester counties. In 2008, the Corporation opened the Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware in Wilmington, Delaware, to further its long-term growth strategy, and diversify its asset base and client accounts. The Corporation trades on the NASDAQ Global Market (“NASDQ”) under the symbol BMTC.

The Corporation operates in a highly competitive market area that includes local, national and regional banks as competitors along with savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, trust companies, registered investment advisors and mutual fund families. The Corporation and its subsidiaries are regulated by many regulatory agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Federal Reserve and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.

B. Basis of Presentation

The accounting policies of the Corporation conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and predominant practice within the banking industry. Statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board are noted in these statements by the abbreviation “FAS.”

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Corporation’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations consist almost entirely of the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations. All material inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.

In preparing the Financial Statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheets, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2009, actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Amounts subject to significant estimates are items such as the allowance for loan and lease losses and lending related commitments, goodwill and intangible assets, pension and post-retirement obligations, the fair value of financial instruments and other-than-temporary impairments. Among other effects, such changes could result in future impairments of investment securities, goodwill and intangible assets and establishment of allowances for loan losses and lending related commitments as well as increased pension and post-retirement expense.

C. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash due from banks, interest-bearing deposits, federal funds sold and money market funds with other banks with original maturities of three months or less. Cash balances required to meet regulatory reserve requirements of the Federal Reserve Board amounted to $1.9 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

D. Investment Securities

Investment securities which are held for indefinite periods of time, which management intends to use as part of its asset/liability strategy, or which may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, increases in capital requirements, or other similar factors, are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value. Net unrealized gains and losses for such securities, net of tax, are required to be recognized as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and excluded from determination of net income. Gains or losses on disposition are based on the net proceeds and cost of the securities sold, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, using the specific identification method.

E. Loans Held for Sale

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

F. Portfolio Loans and Leases

The Corporation grants construction, commercial, residential mortgage and consumer loans to customers primarily in southeastern Pennsylvania and small ticket equipment leasing to customers nationwide. Although the Corporation has a diversified loan and lease portfolio, its debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is substantially dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions of the region.

 

28


Loans and leases that the Corporation has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off, generally are reported at their outstanding principal balance adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan and lease losses and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and leases. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance.

Loan and lease origination fees and loan and lease origination costs are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related yield using the interest method.

The accrual of interest on loans and leases is generally discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well secured and in the process of collection. Loans and leases are placed on non-accrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued, but not collected for loans that are placed on non-accrual status or charged-off is reversed against interest income. All interest accrued, but not collected on leases that are placed on non-accrual status is not reversed against interest until the lease is charged-off at 120 days delinquent. The interest received on these non-accrual loans and leases is applied to reduce the carrying value of loans and leases or, if principal is considered fully collectible, recognized as interest income until qualifying for return to accrual status. Loans and leases are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

G. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance”) is established through a provision for loan and lease losses (“provision”) charged as an expense. Loans and leases are charged against the allowance when Management believes that the principal is uncollectible. The allowance is maintained at a level that Management believes is sufficient to absorb estimated probable credit losses.

Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates by Management. Consideration is given to a variety of factors in establishing these estimates including specific terms and conditions of loans and leases, underwriting standards, delinquency statistics, industry concentration, overall exposure to a single customer, adequacy of collateral, the dependence on collateral, and results of internal loan review, including borrowers perceived financial and management strengths, the amounts and timing of the present value of future cash flows, and access to additional funds.

The evaluation process also considers the impact of competition, current and expected economic conditions, national and international events, the regulatory and legislative environment and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio. All of these factors may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from Management estimates, an additional provision for loan losses may be required that might adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations in future periods. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance. Such agencies may require the Corporation to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.

H. Other Investments

Other investments include Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) investment, and equity stocks without a determinable fair market value. The equity stocks include Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB-P”) and Federal Reserve Bank. These investments are carried at the lower of cost or market. For further information on the FHLB-P stock, see Footnote 9 – Borrowed Funds.

I. Impaired Loans and Leases

A loan or lease is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management’s assessment of impairment is applied to the factors considered in determining impairment. Factors include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans and leases that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.

Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

J. Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (“OREO”) consists of assets that the Corporation has acquired through foreclosure, by accepting a deed in lieu of foreclosure, or by taking possession of assets that were used as loan collateral. The Corporation reports OREO as a component of “Other Assets” on the balance sheet at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell, adjusted periodically based on current appraisals.

 

29


K. Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and rent are recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the expected lease term or the estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter.

L. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

The Corporation has three defined benefit pension plans and one postretirement benefit plan as discussed in Note 14 – Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans. Net pension expense consists of service cost, interest cost, return on plan assets, amortization of prior service cost, amortization of transition obligations and amortization of net actuarial gains and losses. The Corporation accrues pension costs as incurred.

The Corporation adopted FAS No. 158 – “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Plans and Other Post Retirement Plans” (“FAS 158”) on December 31, 2006. As a result of this adoption, the Corporation recorded an additional pension liability resulting in a reduction of accumulated other comprehensive income in 2006.

On February 12, 2008 the Corporation amended the Qualified Defined Pension Plan to cease further accruals of benefits effective March 31, 2008, and amended the 401(K) Plan to provide for a new class of immediately vested discretionary, non-matching employer contribution effective April 1, 2008. Additionally, the Corporation created a new non-qualified defined benefit pension plan for certain officers of the Bank and to provide that each participant’s accrued benefit shall be reduced by the actuarially equivalent value of the immediately vested discretionary, non-matching employer contribution to the 401(K) Plan made on his or her behalf.

M. BOLI

The Corporation purchased $15.0 million of BOLI during the second quarter of 2007. On August 13, 2008 the Bank gave notice to its BOLI insurance carrier that it was surrendering its separate account BOLI contract. The Bank received $15.6 million in cash on February 9, 2009. As part of the surrender, the Corporation has represented to the insurance carrier that it will not enter into any other BOLI agreement or obtain life insurance on any of the employees covered by the BOLI policy for five years.

BOLI is recorded at its cash surrender value on the balance sheet. Income from BOLI is tax-exempt and included as a component of other non-interest income. In 2007, BOLI income was tax-exempt. However, as a result of the surrender of the BOLI contract in August 2008, the total income earned in 2007 and 2008 became taxable income. This resulted in a tax expense at a rate of 45% or $266 thousand in 2008.

N. Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The Corporation adopted FAS No. 123R – “Share Based Payments – Amendment of FASB No. 123 and APB No. 25” (“FAS 123R”) effective January 1, 2006. FAS 123R establishes accounting for stock-based awards exchanged for employee services. Accordingly, stock based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense over the vesting period.

FAS 123R requires all share-based payments, including grants of stock options, be recognized as compensation cost in the statement of income at their fair value. The fair value of stock option grants is determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The assumptions necessary for the calculation of the fair value are expected life of options, annual volatility of stock price, risk free interest rate and annual dividend yield.

The Corporation elected to adopt FAS 123R using the modified prospective application method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based upon the requirements of FAS 123R for all share-based payments granted after the effective date, and (b) based on the requirements of FAS 123 for all awards granted prior to the effective date of FAS 123R that remain unvested on the effective date.

Stock-based compensation expense for 2008, 2007 and 2006 are shown in the table below:

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

   For the Years Ended December 31,  
   2008     2007     2006  
   Without
FAS 123R
Effect
    FAS 123R
Effects
    As
Reported
    Without
FAS 123R
Effect
    FAS 123R
Effects
    As
Reported
    Without
FAS 123R
Effect
    FAS 123R
Effects
    As
Reported
 

Income before taxes

   $ 14,615     $ (277 )   $ 14,338     $ 20,248     $ (75 )   $ 20,173     $ 19,464     $ (59 )   $ 19,405  

Income taxes

     (5,110 )     97       (5,013 )     (6,599 )     26       (6,573 )     (6,710 )     21       (6,689 )
                                                                        

Net income

   $ 9,505     $ (180 )   $ 9,325     $ 13,649     $ (49 )   $ 13,600     $ 12,754     $ (38 )   $ 12,716  
                                                                        

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.11     $ (.02 )   $ 1.09     $ 1.60     $ (.01 )   $ 1.59     $ 1.48     $ .00     $ 1.48  
                                                                        

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.10     $ (.02 )   $ 1.08     $ 1.58     $ .00     $ 1.58     $ 1.47     $ (.01 )   $ 1.46  
                                                                        

See Note 16, Stock Option Plan, and Note 17, Earnings Per Share, in these Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding equity based compensation and earnings per share, respectively.

 

30


O. Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during this period. Diluted earnings per common share takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if stock options were exercised and converted into common stock. Proceeds assumed to have been received on such exercise are assumed to be used to purchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock at the average market price during the period, as required by the treasury stock method of accounting. The effects of stock options are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in periods in which the effect would be antidilutive. All weighted average shares, actual shares and per share information in the financial statements have been adjusted retroactively for the effect of stock dividends and splits.

P. Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Q. Revenue Recognition

With the exception of non-accrual loans and leases, the Corporation recognizes all sources of income on the accrual basis. Additional information relating to wealth management fee revenue recognition follows:

The Corporation earns wealth management fee revenue from a variety of sources including fees from trust administration and other related fiduciary services, custody, investment management and advisory services, employee benefit account and IRA administration, estate settlement, tax service fees, shareholder service fees and brokerage. These fees are based on asset values and fluctuate with the market. The revenues generated by Lau Associates are not tied to asset value but are based on a flat fee for services provided. The Corporation also earned fees in 2006 and 2007 for providing investment advisory services to the clients of another financial institution. Due to a business consolidation, the Corporation no longer provided these advisory services in 2008. For many of our revenue sources, amounts are not received in the same accounting period in which they are earned. However, each source of Wealth Management fees is recorded on the accrual method of accounting.

The most significant portion of the Corporation’s Wealth Management fees is derived from trust administration and other related services, custody, investment management and advisory services, and employee benefit account and IRA administration. These fees are generally billed in arrears, based on the market value of assets at the end of the previous billing period. A smaller number of customers are billed in a similar manner, but on a quarterly or annual basis.

The balance of the Corporation’s Wealth Management income includes: shareholder service fees, which are received monthly and quarterly in arrears, but accrued monthly based on the estimated market value of the Corporation’s position in the applicable mutual fund; (2) estate settlement fees and tax service fees, which are recorded when the related service is performed; and (3) brokerage fees on non-depository investment products, which are received one month in arrears based on settled transactions but are accrued in the month when the settlement occurs. Investment advisory fees from the other financial institution relates to a revenue source that ceased in 2007 when the unrelated entity was acquired by another financial institution.

Included in other assets on the statement of condition is a wealth management fee receivable that reflects the impact of fees earned but not yet collected. This receivable is reviewed quarterly for collectibility.

R. Mortgage Servicing

The Corporation performs various servicing functions on loans owned by others. A fee, usually based on a percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the loan, is received for these services. Gain on sale of loans is based on the specific identification method.

Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are recognized as separate assets when rights are retained through the sale of financial assets. Capitalized servicing rights are amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets.

Servicing assets are evaluated quarterly for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights by predominant characteristics, such as interest rate and terms. Fair value is determined based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions. Impairment is recognized on the income statement to the extent the fair value is less than the capitalized amount for the stratum. A valuation allowance is utilized to record temporary impairment in MSRs. Temporary impairment is defined as impairment that is not deemed permanent. Permanent impairment is recorded as a reduction of the MSR and is not reversed.

 

31


S. Statement of Cash Flows

The Corporation’s statement of cash flows details operating, investing and financing activities during the reported periods.

T. Interest Rate Floor

The Corporation accounts for derivatives under FASB Statement No. 133 “Accounting for Derivative Instruments on Hedging Activities”, as amended. The Corporation records interest rate floors, which are not used as hedging instruments, at fair value on the balance sheet as part of other assets. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate floor are recorded in current earnings as other operating income or other operating expense, depending on whether the net change in value for the applicable period was a gain or loss. The interest rate floor was closed out in January 2008.

U. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Corporation accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” All goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2008 are related to the acquisition of Lau Associates. The amount of goodwill initially recorded reflects the value assigned to the asset at the time of investment. Goodwill impairment tests are performed at least annually, or when events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the acquisition or investment.

The Corporation’s impairment testing methodology is consistent with the methodology prescribed in SFAS No. 142. Other intangible assets include customer relationships, a non-compete agreement and a trade name. The customer relationships and non-compete agreement intangibles are amortized on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. The trade name intangible has an indefinite life and is evaluated for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 142 as prescribed above.

V. Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

W. New Accounting Pronouncements

Standards Adopted:

FAS 157

In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS No. 157 – “Fair Value Measurements” (“FAS 157”). FAS 157 establishes a single authoritative definition of fair value, sets out a framework for measuring fair value, and requires additional disclosures about fair-value measurements. The Statement applies only to fair-value measurements that are already required or permitted by other accounting standards.

FAS 157 is effective for fair-value measures already required or permitted by other standards for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Corporation adopted FAS 157 effective January 1, 2008 and has determined that the adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.

FAS 159

In February 2007 the FASB issued FAS No. 159 – “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities – Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“FAS 159”). FAS 159 permits entities to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions.

The Corporation adopted FAS 159 effective January 1, 2008, and has determined that the adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.

SAB No. 109

In November 2007, the SEC issued SAB No. 109, “Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings”. SAB No. 109 supersedes SAB No. 105, “Loan Commitments Accounted for as Derivative Instruments”, and expresses the view that expected net future cash flows related to the servicing of loans should be included in the fair value measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for a fair value through earnings. SAB No. 109 retains the views in SAB No. 105 that internally developed intangible assets (such as client relationship intangible assets) should not be included in the fair value measurement of derivative loan commitments. SAB No. 109 became effective on January 1, 2008 and did not have a material effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

SAB No. 110

In December 2007, the SEC issued SAB No. 110, and extended, under certain circumstances, the availability of a “simplified” method for estimating the expected term of “plain vanilla” share options in accordance with SFAS No. 123 (revised). Since the Corporation does not use the “simplified” method to estimate the expected term of share options, the adoption of SAB No. 110 did not effect the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.

Standards Not Yet Adopted:

FAS 160

In December 2007 the FASB issued FAS No. 160 – “Noncontrolling Interest in Consolidated Financial Statements – Including an Amendment of ARB No. 51” (“FAS 160”). FAS 160 improves the relevance, comparability, and transparency of the financial information that a reporting entity provides in its consolidated financial statements by establishing accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary.

 

32


FAS 160 is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is prohibited. The Corporation has not yet determined whether this statement will have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

FAS 161

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133.” SFAS No. 161 amends SFAS No. 133 and its related guidance by requiring expanded disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging activities. This statement will require us to provide additional disclosure about a) how and why we use derivative instruments; b) how we account for derivative instruments and related hedged items under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations; and c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items effect our financial condition, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 does not change the accounting for derivatives under SFAS No. 133.

SFAS No. 161 will be effective for the fiscal year and interim periods beginning January 1, 2009, with early adoption encouraged. The Corporation has not yet determined whether this statement will have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

FAS No. 141 (revised)

In December 2007, FASB issued FAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations”. FAS No. 141 (revised) retains the fundamental requirement of FAS 141 that the acquisition method of accounting be used for all business combinations. However, FAS No. 141 (revised) does make significant changes to the accounting for a business combination achieved in stages, the treatment of contingent consideration, transaction and restructuring costs, and other aspects of business combination accounting. FAS No. 141 (revised) will be effective with the fiscal year that begins on January 1, 2009, and will change the Corporation’s accounting treatment for business combinations on a prospective basis.

X. Adjustment Related to Prior Financial Statements

In 2006, the Corporation determined that two prior misstatements were material under the guidance of Staff Accounting Bulletin No.108 (“SAB 108”) and were recorded in the 2006 Consolidated Financial Statements. Consistent with the adoption in 2006 of SAB 108 and its transition provisions, the Statement of Changes in Shareholders Equity reflects a cumulative effect adjustment of an increase in retained earnings of $408 thousand effective January 1, 2006 related to these errors .

2. A CQUISITION OF L AU ASSOCIATES

 

On July 15, 2008, the Corporation acquired JNJ Holdings LLC (“JNJ”), Lau Associates LLC (“Lau”) and Lau Professional Services LLC (together with JNJ and Lau, “Lau Associates”). The Corporation acquired all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company membership interests in JNJ, a holding company that wholly owned Lau Associates, a financial planning and investment advisory firm, and Lau Professional Services, a tax preparation firm. The results of operations for Lau Associates for the 5.5 month period from July 15, 2008 to December 31, 2008 are included in the consolidated financial statements. Lau Associates is included in the wealth segment of the Corporation since it has similar economic characteristics, products and services to those of the wealth segment of the Corporation.

Lau Associates is a nationally recognized, independent, family office serving high net worth individuals and families, with special expertise in planning intergenerational inherited wealth. The company had approximately $401 million of assets under management and another $105 million under supervision as of December 31, 2008.

The transaction was valued at $10.3 million for 100% of the Company. The valuation was based on 2007 pre-tax income of $891 thousand with a multiple of 11.5. The Corporation paid $3.7 million in cash which represented 32.5% of the earn-out valuation plus a one-time payment, to Marigot Daze (the Seller of JNJ) on July 15, 2008 to acquire the assets and control of the Company. A second estimated contingent earn-out payment for the additional purchase price was paid in cash to Marigot Daze on December 31, 2008 in the amount of $5.9 million based upon Lau Associates estimated 2008 pre-tax income with a multiple of 12. Based upon the final determination of 2008 actual pre-tax income, an additional payment of $195 thousand will be paid to Marigot Daze in the first quarter of 2009. The second earn out payment represented 32.5% of the earn out valuation.

The remaining value of Lau Associates (35%) is expected to be paid in subsequent contingent payments over a 3 year earn-out period that includes payments for each of the calendar years ending December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. These subsequent contingent earn-out payments will be made based upon the product of pre-tax income for such calendar years times the pre-defined compound annual growth rate multiple for each calendar year at the applicable percentage rate of 11.7% for each 2009, 2010 and 2011. The maximum purchase price will not exceed more than $19 million. Additional earn-out payments will increase goodwill. Additional direct costs associated with the acquisition (investment banking financial advisory fees, legal fees, accounting and auditing fees and professional advisory and consulting fees) amounted to $465 thousand and were capitalized.

 

33


The following table summarizes the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the date of acquisition. This transaction was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008

Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 151

Intangible assets

     5,870

Premises and equipment

     61

Accounts receivable

     24

Other assets

     23
      

Total assets

   $ 6,129
      

Liabilities & Equity

  

Contingent payment liability

     1,271

Deferred revenue

     614

Deferred rent obligation

     59

Other accrued liabilities

     61
      

Total liabilities

   $ 2,005
      

Equity

     4,124
      

Total liabilities & equity

   $ 6,129
      

The Corporation recorded a net contingent payment liability at acquisition after recording the purchase of the tangible assets, and the value of the intangible assets and liabilities and recording cash basis to accrual accounting adjustments. Part of the $5.9 million earn-out payment made on December 31, 2008 was applied to the contingent liability recorded at acquisition, thereby exhausting the balance. The difference was applied to goodwill. All future earn-out payments will be applied to goodwill.

The fair value measurement of assets was finalized at acquisition. The fair value of intangible assets and the related amortization schedule as of December 31, 2008 was as follows: The Corporation had no goodwill or intangible assets prior to the acquisition.

 

(dollars in thousands)    Beginning
Balance
1/1/08
   Additions
Gross Fair
Value
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Ending
Balance
12/31/09
   Amortization
Period

Goodwill

   $ —      $ 4,629    $ —       $ 4,629    Indefinite

Customer relationships (list)

     —        5,100      (117 )     4,983    20 Years

Non compete agreement

     —        530      (24 )     506    10 Years

Brand (trade name)

     —        240      —         240    Indefinite
                                 

Total

   $ ––      $ 10,499    $ (141 )   $ 10,358   
                               

The Company expects amortization of intangible assets of $308 thousand annually for each of the five succeeding years from 2009 to 2013 as the intangible assets will be amortized on a straight-line basis.

The following table summarizes the unaudited proforma operating results of the Corporation had the acquisition of Lau Associates occurred on January 1, 2007:

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation

Proforma Results of Operation

 

     For the 
Twelve Months Ending
December 31
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)    2008    2007

Total interest income

   $ 57,934    $ 54,218

Total interest expense

     20,796      19,976

Provision for loan and lease losses

     5,596      891

Total non-interest income

     23,343      24,818

Total non-interest expense

     40,040      37,191
             

Income before tax

     14,845      20,978

Income tax

     5,190      6,855
             

Net Income

   $ 9,655    $ 14,123
             

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.13    $ 1.65

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.12    $ 1.64

Proforma assumptions:

 

   

Taxes on Lau Associates related income were calculated using 35%.

3. I NVESTMENT S ECURITIES

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments, all of which were classified as available for sale, are as follows:

As of December 31, 2008

 

(dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value

Obligations of the U.S. Government and agencies

   $ 10,999    $ 171    $ —       $ 11,170

State & political subdivisions

     7,071      43      (18 )     7,096

Federal agency mortgage backed securities

     78,054      1,647      (42 )     79,659

Corporate bonds

     10,181      —        (727 )     9,454

Other securities

     950      —        —         950
                            

Total

   $ 107,255    $ 1,861    $ (787 )   $ 108,329
                            

As of December 31, 2007

 

(dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Market
Value

Obligations of the U.S. Government and agencies

   $ 22,005    $ 137    $ (11 )   $ 22,131

State & political subdivisions

     7,775      7      (90 )     7,692

Federal agency mortgage

backed securities

     17,055      144      (25 )     17,174

Other securities

     1,301      9      (5 )     1,305
                            

Total

   $ 48,136    $ 297    $ (131 )   $ 48,302
                            

 

34


The following table shows the amount of securities that were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2008:

 

     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer    Total  
(dollars in thousands)    Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses
 

Obligations of the U.S. Government and agencies

   $ —      $ —       $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —    

State & political subdivisions

     1,163      (18 )     —        —        1,163      (18 )

Federal agency mortgage backed securities

     3,800      (42 )     —        —        3,800      (42 )

Corporate bonds

     9,454      (727 )     —        —        9,454      (727 )
                                            

Total

   $ 14,417    $ (787 )   $ —      $ —      $ 14,417    $ (787 )
                                            

The Corporation has concluded that the unrealized losses presented in the table above are temporary in nature as they are primarily related to market interest rates and are not related to the underlying credit quality of the issuers. None of the investments are believed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The Corporation has the ability and intent to hold the securities until maturity to recover the entire value. At December 31, 2008 securities having an amortized cost of $67.5 million were pledged as collateral for public funds, trust deposits, the FRB discount window program, the FHLB-P borrowings and other purposes.

The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities at December 31, 2008 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     2008
(dollars in thousands)    Amortized
Cost
   Estimated
Market
Value

Due in one year or less

   $ 350    $ 350

Due after one year through five years

     22,507      22,262

Due after five years through ten years

     5,163      4,895

Due after ten years

     1,181      1,163

No stated maturity

     —        —  
             

Subtotal

     29,201      28,670

Mortgage backed securities

     78,054      79,659
             

Total

   $ 107,255    $ 108,329
             

The sale of debt securities in 2008 totaled $26.0 million. There were no sales of debt securities in 2007 or 2006.

4. L OANS AND L EASES

 

Loans and leases outstanding at December 31 are detailed by category as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007  

Loans held for sale

   $ 3,024     $ 5,125  
                

Real estate loans:

    

Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 249,730       224,510  

Home equity lines and loans

     154,576       123,293  

Residential mortgage loans

     132,536       121,313  

Construction loans

     58,446       66,901  
                

Total real estate loans

     595,288       536,017  

Commercial and industrial loans

     236,469       213,834  

Consumer loans

     8,518       7,990  

Leases

     59,302       45,084  
                

Total portfolio loans and leases

     899,577       802,925  
                

Total loans and leases

   $ 902,601     $ 808,050  
                

Loans with predetermined rates

   $ 351,925     $ 333,662  

Loans with adjustable or floating rates

     550,676       474,388  
                

Total loans and leases

   $ 902,601     $ 808,050  
                

Net deferred loan origination costs and (fees) included in the above loan table

   $ 343     $ 185  
                

Non-accrual loans

   $ 5,303     $ 747  
                

Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing

   $ 504     $ 1,263  
                
Leases outstanding at December 31 are detailed by components of the net investment as follows:  
     December 31  
(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007  

Minimum lease payments receivable

   $ 69,812     $ 54,712  

Estimated residual value of equipment

     —         —    

Unearned lease income

     (13,784 )     (12,642 )

Initial direct costs and deferred fees

     3,274       3,014  
                

Total

   $ 59,302     $ 45,084  
                

Information regarding impaired loans:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008    2007    2006

Impaired loans at year end

   $ 4,586    $ 574    $ 704
                    

Average impaired loans for the year

   $ 1,476    $ 504    $ 801
                    

 

35


A summary of the changes in the allowance for impaired loans is as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008    2007     2006  

Balance, January 1

   $ 124    $ 101     $ 66  

Charge-offs

     —        (37 )     (120 )

Recoveries

     —        60       5  

Provision

     —        —         150  
                       

Balance, December 31

   $ 124    $ 124     $ 101  
                       

Interest income that would have been recognized under original terms

   $ 141    $ 48     $ 28  
                       

Interest income actually received

   $ 84    $ 23     $ 13  
                       

Interest income recognized

   $ 42    $ 1     $ 39  
                       

Interest income recognized using the cash basis method of income recognition

   $ 42    $ 1     $ 39  
                       

The allowance for impaired loans of $124 thousand is included in the Corporation’s allowance for loan and lease losses of $10.3 million.

5. A LLOWANCE FOR L OAN AND L EASE L OSSES

 

The summary of the changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses is as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007     2006  

Balance, January 1

   $ 8,124     $ 8,122     $ 7,402  

Charge-offs

     (3,616 )     (1,036 )     (151 )

Recoveries

     228       147       39  

Provision

     5,596       891       832  
                        

Balance, December 31

   $ 10,332     $ 8,124     $ 8,122  
                        

6. P REMISES AND E QUIPMENT

 

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31 is as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007  

Land

   $ 3,268     $ 2,879  

Buildings

     16,320       13,187  

Furniture and equipment.

     17,451       16,430  

Leasehold improvements

     7,205       6,738  

Construction in progress

     2,073       1,309  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (25,021 )     (23,591 )
                

Total

   $ 21,296     $ 16,952  
                

Depreciation and amortization expense related to the assets detailed in the above table for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 amounted to $1.7 million, $1.5 million, and $1.4 million, respectively.

Future minimum cash rent commitments under various operating leases as of December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)     

2009

   $ 1,334

2010

     1,281

2011

     1,241

2012

     1,066

2013

     1,066

2014 and thereafter

   $ 15,845

Rent expense on leased premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 amounted to $1.03 million, $963 thousand and $795 thousand, respectively.

7. M ORTGAGE S ERVICING

 

The following summarizes the Corporation’s activity related to MSRs for the years ended December 31:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007     2006  

Balance, January 1

   $ 2,820     $ 2,883     $ 2,982  

Additions

     420       285       249  

Amortization

     (367 )     (313 )     (334 )

Impairment

     (668 )     (35 )     (14 )
                        

Balance, December 31

   $ 2,205     $ 2,820     $ 2,883  
                        

Fair Value

   $ 2,210     $ 3,881     $ 4,289  
                        

Loans serviced for others

   $ 350,199     $ 357,363     $ 382,141  
                        

The following summarizes the Corporation’s activity related to changes in the impairment valuation allowance of MSRs for the years ended December 31:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007     2006  

Balance, January 1

   $ (35 )   $ (14 )   $ —    

Impairment

     (698 )     (29 )     (14 )

Recovery

     30       8       —    
                        

Balance, December 31

   $ (703 )   $ (35 )   $ (14 )
                        

At December 31, 2008, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of MSRs to immediate 10 and 20 percent adverse changes in those assumptions are as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)       

Fair value amount of MSRs

   $ 2,210  

Weighted average life (in years)

     2.9  

Prepayment speeds (constant prepayment rate)*

     25.5 %

Impact on fair value:

  

10% adverse change

   $ (164 )

20% adverse change

   $ (312 )

Discount rate

     10.25 %

Impact on fair value:

  

10% adverse change

   $ (55 )

20% adverse change

   $ (106 )

 

* Represents the weighted average prepayment rate for the life of the MSR asset.

 

36


For the periods ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) is $2.21 million, $3.88 million and $4.29 million, respectively. The fair value of the MSRs for these periods was determined using a third-party valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future servicing income. The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds and discount rates. Mortgage loan prepayment speed is the annual rate at which borrowers are forecasted to repay their mortgage loan principle and is based on historical experience. The discount rate is used to determine the present value of future net servicing income. Another key assumption in the model-is the required rate of return the market would expect for an asset with similar risk. Both assumptions can, and generally will, change quarterly valuations as market conditions and interest rates change.

These assumptions and sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10% variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated without changing any other assumption. In realty, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which could magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

8. D EPOSITS

 

Following is a summary of deposits as of December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008    2007

Savings

   $ 54,333    $ 36,181

NOW accounts

     135,587      137,486

Market rate accounts

     172,818      114,310

Time deposits (less than $100,000)

     95,326      83,890

Time deposits, $100,000 or more

     116,216      119,572

Wholesale deposits

     120,761      129,820
             

Total interest-bearing deposits

     695,041      621,259

Non-interest-bearing deposits

     174,449      228,269
             

Total deposits

   $ 869,490    $ 849,528
             

The aggregate amount of deposit overdrafts included as loans as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $357 thousand and $889 thousand, respectively.

Maturity of time deposits exceeding $100 thousand as of December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    $100,000
or more
   Less than
$100,000

Maturing during:

     

2009

   $ 115,396    $ 90,896

2010

     720      3,534

2011

     —        629

2012

     —        157

2013

     100      18

2014 and thereafter

     —        92
             

Total

   $ 116,216    $ 95,326
             
Maturity of wholesale deposits as of December 31, 2008 was as follows:      
(dollars in thousands)    $100,000
or more
   Less than
$100,000

Maturing during:

     

2009

   $ 77,024    $ 29,413

2010

     8,623      —  

2011

     5,701      —  

2012

     —        —  

2013 and thereafter

     —        —  
             

Total

   $ 91,348    $ 29,413
             

9. B ORROWED F UNDS

 

Borrowings at December 31, 2008 consisted of the following FHLB-P advances:

 

(dollars in thousands)                         
Borrowing   

Interest
Rate

  

Maturity

  

Term

  

Next Call

Date

  

F/V

  Amortizing:               
$ 7,852    2.88%    4/11/2011    3 year       F
  13,837    3.90    8/13/2012    4 year       F
  8,599    3.15    3/12/2013    5 year       F
  9,151    3.57    4/08/2015    7 year       F
                  
$ 39,439               
                  
  Non-amortizing:               
$ 10,000    4.22    11/09/2009    2 year       F
  10,000    3.55    10/04/2010    2 year       F
  10,000    1.36    10/18/2010    3 year       V
  10,000    4.30    11/09/2010    3 year       F
  5,000    3.18    1/24/2011    2 yr. 11 mo.       F
  10,000    3.22    2/28/2011    3 year       F
  10,000    3.62    9/08/2011    3 year       F
  10,500    3.21    3/05/2012    4 year       F
  10,000    3.90    9/10/2012    4 year       F
  10,000    2.32    3/18/2013    5 yr./2 yr.    3/18/2010    F
  10,000    4.06    9/09/2013    5 year       F
  10,000    2.58    8/20/2018    10 yr./6 mo.    2/18/2009    F
                  
$ 115,500               
                  
$ 154,939               
                  

F = fixed rate and V = variable rate

The table below reflects the borrowing activity with the FHLB-P, overnight federal funds. The Federal Reserve discount window program has not been used in 2008, 2007 or 2006:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007     2006  

Average balance during the year

   $ 130,490     $ 42,496     $ 19,442  

Year end balance

     154,939       45,000       15,000  

Highest month end balance

     182,293       77,000       46,300  

Weighted-average interest rate during the year

     3.33 %     5.22 %     5.36 %

Weighted-average interest rate at year end

     3.34 %     4.56 %     5.41 %

The Corporation had a maximum borrowing capacity (“MBC”) with the FHLB-P of approximately $345 million as of December 31, 2008 of which the unused capacity was $142.6 million at December 31, 2008. In addition there were

 

37


$75 million in overnight federal funds line and approximately $8 million of Federal Reserve Discount Window capacity. In connection with its FHLB-P borrowings, the Corporation is required to hold stock in the FHLB-P. This amount was $7.9 million at December 31, 2008, and $2.8 million at December 31, 2007 and is included in other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. The carrying amount of the FHLB-P stock approximates its fair value. On December 23, 2008, the FHLB-P announced it will voluntarily suspend the payment of dividends and the repurchase of excess capital stock until further notice.

10. S UBORDINATED D EBT

 

The Bank raised an aggregate of $15 million in subordinated debt in July and August 2008. This subordinated debt has a floating interest rate, which resets quarterly at 90 day LIBOR plus 3.75%, which was 5.75% at December 31, 2008, has a maturity of 10 years, and can be prepaid at the end of 5 years with no prepayment penalty. Subordinated debt qualifies as Tier II regulatory capital for the first five years from the date of issuance and thereafter is discounted as the subordinated debt approaches maturity, with one fifth of the original amount excluded from Tier II capital each year during the last five years before maturity. When the remaining maturity is less than one year, the subordinated debt is excluded from Tier II capital. Unamortized subordinated debt issuance costs were $335 thousand at December 31, 2008. These costs are amortized over the term of the debt, as an adjustment to the yield. Interest is payable quarterly and principal is due September 15, 2018.

11. D ISCLOSURE ABOUT F AIR V ALUE OF F INANCIAL I NSTRUMENTS

 

FAS No. 107 – “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (“FAS 107”) requires disclosure of the fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate such value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other market value techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. FAS 107 excludes certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Corporation.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair values.

Investment Securities

Estimated fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market price, where available.

Loans and Leases

For variable rate loans that reprice frequently and which have no significant change in credit risk, estimated fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values of certain mortgage loans and consumer loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The estimated fair value of nonperforming loans is based on discounted estimated cash flows as determined by the internal loan review of the Bank or the appraised market value of the underlying collateral, as determined by independent third party appraisers.

Other Assets

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and other investments approximates fair value.

Deposits

The estimated fair values disclosed for noninterest-bearing demand deposits, NOW accounts, and Market Rate accounts are, by definition, equal to the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of expected monthly maturities on the certificate of deposit. FAS 107 defines the fair value of demand deposits as the amount payable on demand and prohibits adjusting estimated fair value from any value derived from retaining those deposits for an expected future period of time.

Borrowed Funds

The fair value of borrowed funds is established using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on mid-term and long term borrowings.

Other Liabilities

The carrying amounts of accrued interest payable, accrued taxes payable and other accrued payables approximate fair value.

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments

Estimated fair values of the Corporation’s off-balance sheet instruments (standby letters of credit and loan commitments) are based on fees and rates currently charged to enter into similar loan agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. Since fees and rates charged for off-balance sheet items are at market levels when set, there is no material difference between the stated amount and estimated fair values of off-balance sheet instruments.

 

38


The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Corporation’s financial instruments as of December 31 are as follows:

 

     2008    2007
(dollars in thousands)    Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value

Financial assets:

           

Cash and due from banks

   $ 18,776    $ 18,776    $ 76,965    $ 76,965

Interest-bearing deposits with other banks

     45,100      45,100      1,209      1,209

Money market funds

     5,109      5,109      100      100

Federal funds sold

     —        —        17,000      17,000
                           

Cash and cash equivalents

     68,985      68,985      95,274      95,274

Investment securities

     108,329      108,329      48,402      48,402

Mortgage servicing rights

     2,205      2,210      2,820      3,881

Loans held for sale

     3,024      3,094      5,125      5,114

Other assets

     79,558      69,226      55,774      55,774

Net loans

     889,245      919,560      794,801      795,855
                           

Total financial assets

   $ 1,151,346    $ 1,171,404    $ 1,002,096    $ 1,004,200
                           

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposits

   $ 869,490    $ 871,679    $ 849,528    $ 849,475

Borrowed funds

     154,939      157,344      45,000      45,397

Subordinated debt

     15,000      15,000      —        —  

Other liabilities

     19,504      19,504      17,217      17,217
                           

Total financial liabilities

   $ 1,058,933    $ 1,063,527    $ 911,745    $ 912,089
                           

Off-balance sheet instruments

   $ 318,368    $ 318,368    $ 322,968    $ 322,968
                           

12. F AIR V ALUE M EASUREMENT

 

The following disclosures are made in conjunction with the initial application of FAS No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements” (“FAS 157”), in 2008.

FAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the nature of data inputs for fair value determinations, under which the Corporation is required to value each asset using assumptions that market participants would utilize to value that asset. When the Corporation uses its own assumptions it is required to disclose additional information about the assumptions used and the effect of the measurement on earnings or the net change in assets for the period.

The value of the Corporation’s available for sale investment securities, which generally includes state and municipal securities, U.S. government agencies and mortgage backed securities, are reported at fair value. These securities are valued by an independent third party. The third party’s evaluations are based on market data. They utilize evaluated pricing models that vary by asset and incorporate available trade, bid and other market information. For securities that do not trade on a daily basis, their pricing applications apply available information such as benchmarking and matrix pricing. The market inputs normally sought in the evaluation of securities include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes (only obtained from market makers or broker/dealers recognized as market participants), issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bid, offers and reference data. For certain securities, additional inputs may be used or some market inputs may not be applicable. Inputs are prioritized differently on any given day based on market conditions.

U.S. Government agencies are evaluated and priced using multi-dimensional relational models and option adjusted spreads. State and municipal securities are evaluated on a series of matrices including reported trades and material event notices. Mortgage backed securities are evaluated using matrix correlation to treasury or floating index benchmarks, prepayment speeds, monthly payment information and other benchmarks. Other investments are evaluated using a broker-quote based application, including quotes from issuers.

The value of the investment portfolio is determined using three broad levels of inputs:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical securities;

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.

Level 3 – Instruments whose significant value drivers are unobservable.

These levels are not necessarily an indication of the risks or liquidity associated with these investments. The following table summarizes the assets at December 31, 2008 that are recognized on the Corporation’s balance sheet using fair value measurement determined based on the differing levels of input.

Fair Value of Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Total    Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for

Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 68,985    $ 68,985    $ —      $ —  

Investments:

           

Obligations of U.S. government & agencies

     11,170      —        11,170      —  

State & political subdivisions

     7,096      —        7,096      —  

Federal agency mortgage backed securities

     79,659      —        79,659      —  

Corporate bonds

     9,454      —        9,454      —  

Other securities

     950      —        950      —  
                           

Total assets measured on a recurring basis at fair value

   $ 177,314    $ 68,985    $ 108,329    $ —  
                           

 

39


The fair value of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) is measured on the Corporation’s balance sheet on a non-recurring basis. This fair value measurement on a non-recurring basis is determined using level 2 inputs. As of December 31, 2008, the MSR’s fair value was $2.2 million.

The provisions of FAS 157 related to disclosures surrounding non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities have not been applied because in February 2008, the FASB deferred the required implementation of these disclosures until 2009.

13. 401(K) P LAN

 

The Corporation has a qualified defined contribution plan for all eligible employees under which the Corporation contributes $1.00 for each $1.00 that an employee contributes up to a maximum of 3.0% of the employee’s base salary. The Corporation’s expenses for the 401(K) Plan were $457 thousand, $410 thousand and $362 thousand in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Effective April 1, 2008 an amendment was made to the 401(K) Plan to provide for a new class of immediately vested discretionary, non-matching employer contribution. The Corporation’s expense for the non-matching discretionary contribution was $438 thousand in 2008.

14. P ENSION AND P OSTRETIREMENT B ENEFIT P LANS

 

The Corporation has three defined benefit pension plans, the qualified defined benefit plan (“QDBP”) which covers all employees over age 20 1/2 who meet certain service requirements and two non-qualified defined benefit pension plans (“SERP”) which are restricted to certain officers of the Corporation.

On February 12, 2008, the Corporation amended the QDBP to cease further accruals of benefits effective March 31, 2008, and amended the 401(K) Plan to provide non-matching employer contributions mentioned previously.

The existing SERP was restricted to certain officers of the Corporation and provided each participant the equivalent pension benefit on any compensation which exceeded the IRS limits and bonus deferrals made by eligible individuals.

Additionally, effective April 1, 2008, the Corporation added a new SERP which includes certain officers of the Corporation. This new SERP provides that each participant shall receive a pension benefit equal to what the QDBP would have provided at retirement, reduced by the actuarially equivalent value of the immediately vested discretionary, non-matching employer contribution to the 401(K) Plan made on his or her behalf and their respective frozen QDBP benefit.

The Corporation also has a postretirement benefit plan (“PRBP”) that covers certain retired employees and a group of current employees. The PRBP was closed to new participants in 1994. In 2007, the Corporation amended the PRBP to allow for settlement of obligations to certain current and retired employees. Certain retired participant obligations were settled in 2007 and current employee obligations were settled in 2008.

The Corporation adopted FAS 158 on December 31, 2006. As a result of its adoption, the Corporation recorded additional pension liabilities of $6.5 million; deferred taxes of $2.3 million and a reduction of accumulated other comprehensive income (shareholder’s equity) of $4.2 million at that date.

Federal Reserve Bank guidance states that the effects of the initial adoption and subsequent application of FAS 158 are excluded from regulatory capital calculations. See Note 23 – Regulatory Capital Requirements for more information.

The following table provides information with respect to our QDBP, SERP, and PRBP, including benefit obligations and funded status, net periodic pension costs, plan assets, cash flows, amortization information and other accounting items.

Actuarial Assumptions Used in the Tables Below:

 

     QDBP     SERP*     PRBP  
     2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  

Used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

            

Discount rate

   6.25 %   6.00 %   6.25 %   6.00 %   6.25 %   6.00 %

Rate of increase for future compensation

   N/A     4.00 %   3.50 %   4.00 %   N/A     4.00 %

Used to determine periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:

            

Discount rate

   6.25 %   5.75 %   6.25 %   5.75 %   6.25 %   5.75 %

Rate of increase for future compensation

   0.00  %   4.00 %   3.50 %   4.00 %   N/A     4.00 %

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   8.50 %   8.50 %   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  

Assumed health care cost trend rates as of December 31:

            

Cost trend rate assumed for next year

   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     9.00 %

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline

   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     0.00 %

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     2008     2007  

 

40


Changes in Benefit Obligations and Plan Assets:

 

(dollars in thousands)    QDBP     SERP     PRBP  
   2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  

Change in benefit obligation

            

Benefit obligation at January 1

   $ 32,036     $ 29,991     $ 2,037     $ 1,788     $ 1,251     $ 1,881  

Service cost

     336       1,251       89       60       —         5  

Interest cost

     1,701       1,752       197       114       64       84  

Amendments

     (4,513 )     —         1,530       —         —         (128 )

Settlement

     —         —         —         —         (258 )     (235 )

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (6 )     106       55       205       61       (176 )

Benefits paid

     (1,101 )     (1,071 )     (136 )     (130 )     (181 )     (180 )
                                                

Benefit obligation at December 31

   $ 28,453     $ 32,029     $ 3,772     $ 2,037     $ 937     $ 1,251  
                                                

Change in plan assets

            

Fair value of plan assets at January 1

   $ 32,156     $ 30,621     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Actual return (loss) on plan assets

     (6,914 )     1,606       —         —         —         —    

Employer contribution

     2,000       1,000       136       130       439       415  

Plan participants’ contribution

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Benefits paid

     (1,101 )     (1,071 )     (136 )     (130 )     (181 )     (180 )

Settlement

     —         —         —         —         (258 )     (235 )
                                                

Fair value of plan assets at December 31

   $ 26,141     $ 32,156     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
                                                

Funded status at year end (plan assets less benefit obligation)

   $ (2,312 )   $ 127     $ (3,772 )   $ (2,037 )   $ (937 )   $ (1,251 )
                                                

Amounts included in the consolidated balance sheet as other assets (liabilities) & accumulated other comprehensive income including the following:

            

Prepaid benefit cost/(accrued liability)

   $ 8,693     $ 6,414     $ (1,903 )   $ (1,622 )   $ (570 )   $ (914 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (11,005 )     (6,287 )     (1,869 )     (415 )     (367 )     (337 )
                                                

Net amount recognized

   $ (2,312 )   $ 127     $ (3,772 )   $ (2,037 )   $ (937 )   $ (1,251 )
                                                

 

* Includes SERP I and SERP II which are combined for disclosure purposes.

The following tables provide the components of net periodic pension costs for the years ended December 31:

 

QDBP Net Periodic Pension Cost

      
(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007     2006  

Service cost

   $ 337     $ 1,251     $ 1,155  

Interest cost

     1,701       1,752       1,591  

Expected return on plan assets

     (2,586 )     (2,547 )     (2,223 )

Amortization of prior service cost

     16       81       81  

Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss

     235       457       488  

Curtailment

     17       —         —    
                        

Net periodic pension cost

   $ (280 )   $ 994     $ 1,092  
                        
SERP Net Periodic Pension Cost       
(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007     2006  

Service cost

   $ 90     $ 60     $ 36  

Interest cost

     197       114       99  

Amortization of prior service cost

     131       44       49  

Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss

     —         26       —    
                        

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 418     $ 244     $ 184  
                        
PRBP Net Periodic Pension Cost       
(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007     2006  

Service cost

   $ —       $ 5     $ 12  

Interest cost

     64       84       108  

Settlement

     153       123       —    

Amortization of transition obligation (asset)

     26       26       26  

Amortization of prior service cost

     (202 )     (202 )     (137 )

Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss

     55       89       126  
                        

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 96     $ 125     $ 135  
                        

Adoption of FAS 158

The following reflects information relative to the adoption of FAS 158:

 

(dollars in thousands)    December 31,
2006

Prior to
Adoption of
FAS 158
    FAS 158
Adoption
Adjustment
    December 31,
2006

After
Adoption

of FAS 158
 

QDBP prepaid expense

   $ 6,408     $ (5,778 )   $ 630  

SERP liability

     (1,744 )     (44 )     (1,788 )

PRBP liability

     (1,197 )     (684 )     (1,881 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

     (222 )     (4,228 )     (4,450 )

Deferred taxes

     (1,315 )     2,277       962  

 

41


Estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income over the next fiscal year:

 

(dollars in thousands)    QDBP    SERP    PRBP  

Expected 2009 amortization of transition obligation

   $ —      $ —      $ 26  

Expected 2009 amortization of prior service cost (benefit)

   $ 16    $ 131    $ (202 )

Expected 2009 amortization of net loss

   $ 235    $ —      $ 55  

Plan Assets:

       Target Asset
Allocation
    Percentage of
QDBP Plan
Assets at
December 31
 
       2008     2007  

Asset Category

      

Equity securities*

   50%  - 65 %   51 %   65 %

Debt securities

   30% - 45 %   36 %   34 %

Cash reserves**

   1% - 5 %   13 %   1 %
              

Total

     100 %   100 %
              

 

* Includes Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation common stock in the amount of $633,000 (2%) and $721,000 (2%) at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
** Cash reserves are above the target asset allocation range due to the Corporation’s $2 million contribution to the plan on December 31, 2008.

The expected rate of return on plan assets in the QDBP was selected by Management after consultation with the Corporation’s actuary, and is based in part on long term historical rates of return and various actuarial assumptions. The discount rate was also selected by Management after consultation with the Corporation’s actuary, and is based in part upon the current yield of a basket of long term investment grade securities.

The investment strategy of the QDBP is to maintain the investment ranges listed above. The target ranges are to be periodically reviewed based on the prevailing market conditions. Any modification to the current investment strategy must be ratified by the Executive Committee of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. The QDBP is allowed to retain approximately 2.50% of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation common stock.

Cash Flows

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future services, are expected to be paid over the next ten years:

 

(dollars in thousands)    QDBP    SERP    PRBP

Fiscal year ending

        

2009

   $ 1,485    $ 133    $ 204

2010

     1,571      132      202

2011

     1,615      132      200

2012

     1,640      132      198

2013

     1,687      132      193

2014-2018

   $ 9,762    $ 1,111    $ 945

Other Pension and Post Retirement Benefit Information

In 2005, the Corporation capped the maximum payment under the PRBP at 120% of the 2005 benefit. The cost is at the cap in 2008. The long term impact of the cap will be to make the cost trend rate assumed for 2008 immaterial.

Expected Contribution to be Paid in the Next Fiscal Year

Based on the status of the Corporation’s QDBP at December 31, 2008 no minimum funding requirement is anticipated for 2009. The 2009 expected contribution for the SERPS is $136 thousand.

15. I NCOME T AXES AND FIN 48

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset (liabilities) as of December 31 are as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Loan and lease loss reserve

   $ 3,616     $ 2,845  

Other reserves

     393       244  

Defined benefit plans

     5,500       3,351  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     9,509       6,440  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Other reserves

     113       (171 )

QDBP

     (3,043 )     (2,245 )

Originated mortgage servicing rights

     (772 )     (987 )

Unrealized appreciation on

investment securities

     (329 )     (146 )
                

Total deferred tax liability

     (4,031 )     (3,549 )
                

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 5,478     $ 2,891  
                

There was no valuation allowance as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 as management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset will be realized.

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008    2007    2006  

Currently payable

   $ 4,413    $ 6,491    $ 7,185  

Deferred

     600      82      (496 )
                      

Total

   $ 5,013    $ 6,573    $ 6,689  
                      

Applicable income taxes differed from the amount derived by applying the statutory federal tax rate to income as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     Tax
Rate
%
    2007     Tax
Rate
%
    2006     Tax
Rate
%
 

Computed tax expense at statutory federal rate

   $ 5,018     35.0     $ 7,060     35.0     $ 6,792     35.0  

Tax-exempt income

     (270 )   (1.9 )     (412 )   (2.0 )     (266 )   (1.4 )

Other, net

     265     1.9       (75 )   (0.4 )     163     0.8  
                                          

Total income tax expense

   $ 5,013     35.0     $ 6,573     32.6     $ 6,689     34.4  
                                          

 

42


The Corporation adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”) on January 1, 2007. As required by FIN 48, which clarifies FAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes,” the Corporation recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the Corporation would more likely than not sustain the position following an examination. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority. At the adoption date, the Corporation applied these criteria to all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained open. There were no adjustments to retained earnings for unrecognized tax benefits as a result of the implementation of FIN 48.

The Corporation is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and in multiple state jurisdictions. The Corporation is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examination by tax authorities for the years before 2005. The Corporation recently closed and settled with the Internal Revenue Service an examination of the 2005 tax year. Resolution of the examination did not have any material impact to the financial position of the Corporation

The Corporation’s policy is to record interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense.

No interest or penalties were accrued in 2008.

There were no FIN 48 liabilities accrued during 2007 or 2008.

16. S TOCK O PTION P LAN :

 

The Corporation permits the issuance of stock options, dividend equivalents, performance awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and/or restricted stock units to employees and directors of the Corporation under several plans. The terms and conditions of awards under the plans are determined by the Corporation’s Compensation Committee.

On April 25, 2007, the Shareholders approved the Corporation’s “2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan” (“LTIP”) under which a total of 428,996 shares of the Corporation’s common stock were made available for award grants under the LTIP. As of December 31, 2007, a total of 300,496 shares were available for grant. In 2008, a total of 130,514 grants were awarded as non-qualified stock options under the LTIP and will vest over a five year period from the date of grant. As of December 31, 2008, there are 14,189 shares available for grant under the prior plan. The total options available for grant under all plans are 180,671 shares. The exercise price for stock options issued under the LTIP is the closing price for the stock on the day preceding the date of the grant. The price for options issued under the prior plan is set at the last sale price for the stock on the day preceding the date of the grant. The Corporation’s practice is to issue option related shares from authorized but unissued shares or treasury.

Grant data is in the tables below.

 

     Shares
Under
Option
    Available
for
Option
    Price
Per
Share
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Balance at December 31, 2005

   934,308     21,064     $  6.25 - $22.68    $ 17.44

Options granted

   11,375     (11,375 )   $ 21.74 - $23.67      22.89

Options exercised

   (151,283 )   —       $  6.25 - $21.21      16.59

Options expired

   (4,500 )   4,500     $ 21.21 - $21.68      21.31

Options forfeited

   —       —         —        —  
                         

Balance at December 31, 2006

   789,900     14,189     $ 8.45 - $23.67    $ 17.66

Options granted

   —       428,996       

Options exercised

   132,500     (132,500 )   $ 22.00 - $23.77      22.05

Options expired

   (61,150 )   —         —        15.03

Options forfeited

   (500 )   500       —        —  
                         

Balance at December 31, 2007

   860,750     311,185     $ 10.50 - $23.77    $ 18.52

Options authorized

   —       —         —        —  

Options granted

   130,514     (130,514 )   $ 24.27      24.27

Options exercised

   79,450     —       $ 10.50 - $21.21      14.22

Options expired

   (8,750 )   —       $ 18.91 - $21.21      20.95

Options forfeited

   (1,250 )   —       $ 22.00 - $22.00      22.00
                         

Balance at December 31, 2008

   901,814     180,671     $ 10.50 - $24.27    $ 19.70
                         

Information pertaining to options outstanding at December 31, 2008 is as follows:

 

Price Range of Shares Under Option at December 31, 2008

Shares

Under

Option

   Price Per Share    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number
Exercisable
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
29,000    $ 10.50 - $10.75    1.7    $ 10.57    29,000    $ 10.57
89,800    $ 12.25 - $15.15    1.9    $ 13.62    89,800    $ 13.62
288,700    $ 16.25 - $18.91    5.2    $ 18.35    288,700    $ 18.35
494,314    $ 19.11 - $24.27    7.8    $ 22.19    257,142    $ 20.95
                                
901,814    $ 10.50  $24.27    6.2    $ 19.70    664,642    $ 18.43
                                

Shares exercisable and weighted average exercise price at December 31:

 

     2008    2007    2006

Shares exercisable

     664,642      721,166      778,525

Weighted average exercise price

   $ 18.43    $ 17.83    $ 17.58

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants issued during:

 

     2008     2007     2006  

Expected dividend yield

     2.29 %     2.36% - 2.02 %     1.94% - 2.03 %

Expected volatility of Corporations’ stock

     21.9 %     20.0 - 23.9 %     23.6 - 24.6 %

Risk-free interest rate

     3.39 %     4.4 - 5.0 %     5.00 %

Expected life in years

     7.0       6.9 - 7.0       6.0 - 6.8  

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   $ 5.27     $ 4.90 - $6.82     $ 6.45  

 

43


The expected dividend yield is based on the company’s annual dividend amount as a percentage of the average stock price at the time of the grant. Expected volatility of the Corporation’s stock is based on the historic volatility of the company’s stock price. The risk free interest rate is based on a yield curve of the U.S. Treasury rates ranging from one month to ten years and a period commensurate with the expected life of the option.

The following table provides information about options outstanding for the twelve months ended December 31:

 

     2008    2007    2006
       Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
   Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
   Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Options outstanding, beginning of period

   860,750     $ 18.52    $ 4.04    789,900     $ 17.66    $ 3.81    934,308     $ 17.44    $ 3.74

Granted

   130,514       24.27      5.27    132,500       22.05      4.96    11,375       22.89      6.44

Forfeited

   (1,250 )     22.00      4.90    (500 )     22.00      4.90    —         —        —  

Expired

   (8,750 )     20.95      4.77    —         —        —      (4,500 )     21.31      4,84

Exercised

   (79,450 )     14.22      2.87    (61,150 )     15.03      3.11    (151,283 )     16.59      3.54
                                                           

Options outstanding, end of period

   901,814     $ 19.70    $ 4.31    860,750     $ 18.52    $ 4.04    789,900     $ 17.66    $ 3.81
                                                   

The following table provides information about unvested options for the twelve months ended December 31:

 

     2008    2007    2006
       Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
   Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
   Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Unvested options, beginning of period

   139,584     $ 5.04    11,375     $ 6.44    33,334     $ 3.99

Granted

   130,514       5.27    132,500       4.96    11,375       6.44

Vested

   (31,676 )     5.17    (3,791 )     6.44    (33,334 )     3.98

Forfeited

   (1,250 )     4.90    (500 )     4.90    —         —  
                                      

Unvested options, end of period

   237,172     $ 5.15    139,584     $ 5.04    11,375     $ 6.44
                              

Proceeds, related tax benefits realized from options exercised and intrinsic value of options exercised were as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008    2007    2006

Proceeds from strike price of value of options exercised

   $ 1,130    $  918    $ 2,511

Related tax benefit recognized

     185      182      293
                    

Proceeds of options exercised

   $ 1,315    $ 1,100    $ 2,804
                    

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $  529    $  520    $  838
                    

The following table provides information about options outstanding and exercisable options at December 31:

 

     2008    2007    2006
     Options
Outstanding
   Exercisable
Options
   Options
Outstanding
   Exercisable
Options
   Options
Outstanding
   Exercisable
Options

Number

     901,814      664,642      860,750      721,166      789,900      778,525

Weighted average exercise price

   $ 19.70    $ 18.43    $ 18.52    $ 17.83    $ 17.66    $ 17.58

Aggregate intrinsic value

   $ 1,449,701    $ 1,449,701    $ 3,981,430    $ 3,831,493    $ 4,723,408    $ 4,714,695

Weighted average contractual term

     6.0      4.9      6.1      5.4      6.3      6.3

The unamortized stock based compensation expense at December 31, 2008 was $1.1 million which will be recognized over the next 52 months.

 

44


17. E ARNINGS P ER S HARE

 

The calculation of basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share is presented below. All weighted average shares, actual shares and per share information in the financial statements have been adjusted retroactively for the effect of stock dividends and splits. See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Earnings Per Common Share for a discussion on the calculation of earnings per share.

Earnings Per Share

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   Year Ended December 31,
   2008    2007    2006

Numerator - Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 9,325    $ 13,600    $ 12,716
                    

Denominator for basic earnings per share - Weighted average shares outstanding

     8,566,938      8,539,904      8,578,050

Effect of dilutive potential common shares

     34,233      93,638      113,579
                    

Denominator for diluted earnings per share - Adjusted weighted average shares outstanding

     8,601,171      8,633,542      8,691,629
                    

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.09    $ 1.59    $ 1.48

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.08    $ 1.58    $ 1.46

Antidulitive shares excluded from computation of average dilutive earnings per share

     321,812      58,946      2,722
                    

18. O THER O PERATING I NCOME

 

Components of other operating income for the years ended December 31 include:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008    2007    2006

Cash management

   $ 679    $ 689    $ 542

Other

     648      612      591

Insurance commissions

     365      337      343

Safe deposit rental income

     318      328      330

Other investment income

     476      271      180

Interest rate floor income

     268      155      —  

Rent

     179      126      244

Gain on sale of OREO

     —        110      22

Title insurance

     52      65      67
                    

Other operating income

   $ 2,985    $ 2,693    $ 2,319
                    

19. O THER O PERATING E XPENSE

 

Components of other operating expense for the years ended December 31 include:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008    2007    2006

Other

   $ 1,906    $ 1,632    $ 1,314

Temporary help & recruiting

     430      561      441

Loan processing and closing

     568      510      435

Computer processing

     525      504      450

Other taxes

     587      500      463

Travel and entertainment

     400      388      355

Postage

     350      342      287

Director fees

     333      339      307

Telephone

     342      291      281

Stationary & supplies

     272      248      221

Amortization of intangibles

     141      —        —  

Amortization of mortgage service rights

     367      327      334

Impairment of mortgage servicing rights

     668      21      14

Interest rate floor expense

     —        —        29
                    

Other operating expenses

   $ 6,889    $ 5,663    $ 4,931
                    

20. R ELATED P ARTY T RANSACTIONS

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank granted loans to principal officers, directors and their affiliates. Loan activity during 2008 and 2007 was as follows:

Following is a summary of these transactions:

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007  

Balance, January 1

   $ 11,754     $ 15,711  

Additions

     263       10  

Amounts collected

     (8,417 )     (3,967 )
                

Balance, December 31

   $ 3,600     $ 11,754  
                

Related party deposits amounted to $442 thousand and $632 thousand at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

21. F INANCIAL I NSTRUMENTS WITH O FF -B ALANCE S HEET R ISK AND C ONCENTRATION OF C REDIT R ISK

 

Off-Balance Sheet Risk

The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The contractual amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Corporation has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

45


The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Corporation uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet financial instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the agreement. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, and the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Total commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2008 were $299.6 million. The Corporation evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Corporation upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral varies but may include accounts receivable, marketable securities, inventory, property, plant and equipment, residential real estate, and income-producing commercial properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to a customer for a third party. Such standby letters of credits are issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is similar to that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The collateral varies, but may include accounts receivable, marketable securities, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and residential real estate for those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The Corporation’s obligation under standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2008 amounted to $18.8 million. There were no outstanding bankers’ acceptances as of December 31, 2008.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Corporation has a material portion of its loans in real estate related loans. A predominant percentage of the Corporation’s real estate exposure, both commercial and residential, is in the Corporation’s primary trade area which includes portions of Delaware, Chester, Montgomery and Philadelphia counties in Southeastern Pennsylvania. Management is aware of this concentration and mitigates this risk to the extent possible in many ways, including the underwriting and assessment of borrower’s capacity to repay. See Note 4 – Loans and Leases for additional information.

At December 31, 2008, the total first lien interest only residential loans of $64.6 million included $54.0 million of adjustable rate loans that convert to principal and interest payments between five and ten years after inception and $10.6 million of fixed rate loans that continue as interest only loans until reaching maturity. At December 31, 2008, the balance sheet also included $978 thousand one to four family residential loans secured by junior lien positions that are interest only loans. These fixed rate loans will remain as interest only loans until maturity.

As of December 31, 2008, the Corporation had no loans sold with recourse outstanding.

22. D IVIDEND R ESTRICTIONS

 

The Bank is subject to the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965 (the “Code”), as amended, and is restricted in the amount of dividends that can be paid to its shareholder, the Corporation. The Code restricts the payment of dividends by the Bank to the amount of its retained earnings which was $79.9 million as of December 31, 2008. However, the amount of dividends paid by the Bank cannot reduce capital levels below levels that would cause the Bank to be less than adequately capitalized as detailed in Note 23 – Regulatory Capital Requirements.

23. R EGULATORY C APITAL R EQUIREMENTS

 

Both the Corporation and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements, administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if taken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

On February 10, 2009, a Capital Assistance Program was announced to ensure that banking institutions are capitalized with high-quality capital. The program was initiated on February 25, 2009 and evaluates the capital needs of major U.S. banking institutions in this challenging economic environment. The program will assess if an additional capital buffer is warranted, allow the institution to seek private sources of capital or turn to the government for a temporary source of capital, and is not expected to be a new capital standard or maintained on an ongoing basis.

Eligibility is dependent on the results of a government stress test, which will be mandatorily administered to banks with $100 billion plus in assets and if accepted, provides Tier 1 capital assistance. The application deadline for the program is May 25, 2009 and after receiving preliminary approval, six months will be provided to close the transaction during which time the company may seek to raise private capital. The capital will be senior to common stock, have an equal level of seniority to existing preferred shares and will be required to pay cumulative dividends to the government at a rate of 9% per annum compounded quarterly. The Corporation is currently evaluating the requirements of the program.

 

46


As set forth in the following table, quantitative measures have been established to ensure capital adequacy ratios required of both the Corporation and Bank. Both the Corporation’s and the Bank’s Tier II capital ratios are calculated by adding back a portion of the loan loss reserve to the Tier I capital. Management believes that as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Corporation and the Bank had met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject. Federal banking regulators have defined specific capital categories, and categories range from a best of “well capitalized “to a worst of “critically under capitalized.” Both the Corporation and the Bank were classified as “well capitalized” as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

See Note 14 – Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans for certain information relating to a reduction in capital and related regulatory capital impact.

The Corporation’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented in the following table:

 

(dollars in thousands)    Actual     Minimum
to be Well
Capitalized
 
   Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

December 31, 2008

          

Total (Tier II) Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:

          

Corporation

   $ 115,367    11.29 %   $ 102,171    10 %

Bank

     111,739    10.98 %     101,742    10 %

Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:

          

Corporation

     90,035    8.81 %     61,303    6 %

Bank

     86,407    8.49 %     61,045    6 %

Tier I Capital to Quarterly Average Assets:

          

Corporation

     90,035    8.03 %     56,086    5 %

Bank

     86,407    7.70 %     56,116    5 %

December 31, 2007

          

Total (Tier II) Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:

          

Corporation

   $ 102,896    11.31 %   $ 90,980    10 %

Bank

     97,142    10.72 %     90,591    10 %

Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:

          

Corporation

     94,655    10.40 %     54,588    6 %

Bank

     88,901    9.81 %     54,354    6 %

Tier I Capital to Quarterly Average Assets:

          

Corporation

     94,665    10.42 %     45,420    5 %

Bank

     88,901    9.83 %     45,241    5 %

24. S ELECTED Q UARTERLY F INANCIAL D ATA (U NAUDITED )

 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   Quarters Ending 2008
   3/31    6/30    9/30    12/31

Interest income

   $ 14,062    $ 14,232    $ 14,802    $ 14,838

Interest expense

     5,454      4,929      4,955      5,050

Subordinated debt

     —        —        151      257

Net interest income

     8,608      9,303      9,696      9,531

Provision for loan and lease losses

     854      781      1,063      2,898

Income before income taxes

     4,305      4,751      3,830      1,452
                           

Net income.

   $ 2,898    $ 3,165    $ 2,255    $ 1,007
                           

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.34    $ 0.37    $ 0.26    $ 0.12

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.34    $ 0.37    $ 0.26    $ 0.12

Dividend declared

   $ 0.13    $ 0.13    $ 0.14    $ 0.14

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

   Quarters Ending 2007
   03/31    6/30    9/30    12/31

Interest income

   $ 12,521    $ 13,250    $ 14,147    $ 14,300

Interest expense

     4,145      4,736      5,448      5,647

Net interest income

     8,376      8,514      8,699      8,653

Provision for loan losses

     250      240      —        401

Income before income taxes

     5,837      4,585      5,090      4,661
                           

Net income

   $ 3,976    $ 3,091    $ 3,455    $ 3,078
                           

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.46    $ 0.36    $ 0.41    $ 0.36

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.46    $ 0.36    $ 0.40    $ 0.36

Dividend declared

   $ 0.12    $ 0.12    $ 0.13    $ 0.13

 

* Net income for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 includes an $866 thousand after tax gain ($1.3 million pre-tax) relating to the sale of real estate that previously served as the Corporation’s Wynnewood branch location.

25. C ONDENSED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

 

The condensed financial statements of the Corporation (parent company only) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31 are as follows:

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

(dollars in thousands)    2008     2007  

Assets:

    

Cash

   $ 57     $ 2,331  

Investments in subsidiaries, at equity in net assets

     89,132       84,597  

Premises and equipment, net

     3,074       3,172  

Other assets

     1,111       894  
                

Total assets

   $ 93,374     $ 90,994  
                

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

    

Accrued taxes payable

   $ 37     $ —    

Other liabilities

     924       643  
                

Total liabilities

   $ 961     $ 643  
                

Common stock, par value $1, authorized 100,000,000 issued 11,513,782 shares and 11,434,332 shares as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively and outstanding 8,592,259 shares and 8,526,084 shares as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

   $ 11,514     $ 11,434  

Paid-in capital in excess of par value

     12,983       11,698  

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of deferred income taxes

     (7,995 )     (4,304 )

Retained earnings

     105,845       101,146  

Less common stock in treasury, at cost—2,921,523 shares and 2,908,248 shares as of December 31, 2008 and 2007

     (29,934 )     (29,623 )
                

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 92,413     $ 90,351  
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 93,374     $ 90,994  
                

 

47


Condensed Statements of Income

 

( dollars in thousands )    2008     2007     2006  

Dividends from The Bryn Mawr Trust Company

   $ 4,625     $ 4,269     $ 3,948  

Interest and other income

     933       732       701  
                        

Total operating income

     5,558       5,001       4,649  

Expenses

     831       682       527  
                        

Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     4,727       4,319       4,122  

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     4,632       9,298       8,653  
                        

Income before income taxes

     9,359       13,617       12,775  

Federal income tax (expense) benefit

     (34 )     (17 )     (59 )

State income tax

     —         —         —    
                        

Net income

   $ 9,325     $ 13,600     $ 12,716  
                        

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

( dollars in thousands )    2008     2007     2006  

Operating activities:

      

Net Income

   $ 9,325     $ 13,600     $ 12,716  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     4,632       (9,298 )     (8,653 )

Depreciation and amortization

     98       98       98  

Other, net

     (2,126 )     83       (215 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     11,929       4,483       3,946  
                        

Investing Activities:

      

Investment in Subsidiaries

     (10,632 )     21       885  
                        

Net cash provided by investing activities

     (10,632 )     21       885  
                        

Financing activities:

      

Dividends paid

     (4,625 )     (4,269 )     (3,948 )

Repurchase of treasury stock

     (361 )     (2,420 )     (3,406 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     1,415       1,100       2,804  
                        

Net cash used by financing activities

     (3,571 )     (5,589 )     (4,550 )
                        

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,274 )     (1,085 )     281  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     2,331       3,416       3,135  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 57     $ 2,331     $ 3,416  
                        

These statements should be read in conjunction with the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

26. S EGMENT I NFORMATION

 

FAS No. 131 – “Segment Reporting” (“FAS 131”) identifies operating segments as components of an enterprise which are evaluated regularly by the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Corporation has applied the aggregation criterion set forth in FAS 131 to the results of its operations.

The Corporation’s Banking segment consists of commercial and retail banking. The Banking segment is evaluated as a single strategic unit which generates revenues from a variety of products and services. The Banking segment generates interest income from its lending (including leases) and investing activities and is dependent on the gathering of lower cost deposits from its branch network or borrowed funds from other sources for funding its loans, resulting in the generation of net interest income. The Banking segment also derives revenues from other sources including service charges on deposit accounts; cash sweep fees, overdraft fees, BOLI income and interchange revenue associated with its Visa Check Card offering.

The Wealth Management segment has responsibility for a number of activities within the Corporation, including trust administration, other related fiduciary services, custody, investment management and advisory services, employee benefits and IRA administration, estate settlement, tax services and brokerage. Lau Associates is included in the Wealth Management Segment of the Corporation since it has similar economic characteristics, products and services to those of the wealth segment of the Corporation.

Wealth Management revenues include, for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, $580 thousand and $403 thousand, respectively, of fees that will no longer be earned relating to one institutional client that was acquired by another financial institution in a business combination on November 16, 2007. Wealth assets under Management and Administration at December 31, 2007 relating to this client were zero and $296.2 million at December 31, 2006.

The Mortgage Banking segment includes the origination of residential mortgage loans and the sale and servicing of such loans to the secondary mortgage market. This segment also includes the Corporation’s title insurance and joint mortgage origination activity with a real estate brokerage organization.

The “All Other” segment includes activities and expenses that do not fit into the other three segments including general corporate activities such as shareholder relations costs, NASDAQ fees and the annual meeting of shareholders. This segment also includes revenues and expenses from the Corporation’s insurance agency activities and interest income from notes receivable which ceased in 2006.

The accounting policies of the Corporation are applied by segment in the following tables. The segments are presented on a pre-tax basis which is the way management evaluates business results.

The Banking, Wealth Management and Mortgage Banking segments consolidate and roll-up through the Bank.

 

48


Segment information for the years ended December 31:

 

    2008           2007           2006  
(dollars in
thousands)
  Banking     Wealth
Manage-

ment
    Mortgage
Banking
    All
Other
    Consolidated           Banking     Wealth
Manage-

ment
    Mortgage
Banking
    All
Other
    Consolidated           Banking     Wealth
Manage-

ment
    Mortgage
Banking
    All
Other
    Consolidated  

Net interest income

  $ 37,069     $ —       $ 57     $ 12     $ 37,138         $ 34,155     $ —       $ 79     $ 8     $ 34,242         $ 33,108     $ —       $ 111     $ 80     $ 33,299  

Less loan loss provision

    5,596       —         —         —         5,596           891       —         —         —         891           832       —         —         —         832  
                                                                                                                               

Net interest income after loan loss provision

    31,473       —         57       12       31,542           33,264       —         79       8       33,351           32,376       —         111       80       32,467  
                                                                                                                               

Other income:

                                     

Fees for investment management and trust services

    —         13,842       —         —         13,842           —         13,502       —         —         13,502           —         12,422       —         —         12,422  

Service charges on deposit accounts

    1,685       —         —         —         1,685           1,464       —         —         —         1,464           1,540       —         —         —         1,540  

Other fees and service charges

    259       —         935       —         1,194           137       —         978       —         1,115           46       —         1,080       —         1,126  

Net gain on sale of loans

    —         —         1,275       —         1,275           —         —         1,250       —         1,250           —         —         954       —         954  

Net gain on sale of real estate

    —         —         —         —         —             1,333       —         —         —         1,333           —         —         —         —         —    

Other operating income

    3,137       13       150       176       3,476           2,671       —         256       190       3,117           1,880       —         208       231       2,319  
                                                                                                                               

Total other income

    5,081       13,855       2,360       176       21,472           5,605       13,502       2,484       190       21,781           3,466       12,422       2,242       231       18,361  

Other expenses:

                                     

Salaries & wages

    12,156       5,439       864       530       18,989           11,242       4,576       1,003       295       17,116           10,714       4,129       657       254       15,754  

Fringe benefits

    2,918       1,080       118       56       4,172           3,515       843       148       42       4,548           3,285       836       120       46       4,287  

Occupancy & bank premises

    4,791       625       251       (178 )     5,489           4,380       551       173       (164 )     4,940           3,827       593       168       (130 )     4,458  

Other operating expenses

    7,595       1,417       1,422       (408 )     10,026           6,749       1,049       724       (167 )     8,355           5,517       1,064       630       (287 )     6,924  
                                                                                                                               

Total other expenses

    27,460       8,561       2,655       —         38,676           25,886       7,019       2,048       6       34,959           23,343       6,622       1,575       (117 )     31,423  
                                                                                                                               

Segment profit (loss)

    9,094       5,294       (238 )     188       14,338           12,983       6,483       515       192       20,173           12,399       5,800       778       428       19,405  

Intersegment (revenues) expenses

    818       181       40       (1,039 )     —             618       181       40       (839 )     —             606       181       10       (797 )     —    
                                                                                                                               

Pre-tax segment profit after eliminations

  $ 9,912     $ 5,475     $ (198 )   $ (851 )   $ 14,338         $ 13,601     $ 6,664     $ 555     $ (647 )   $ 20,173         $ 13,005     $ 5,981     $ 788     $ (369 )   $ 19,405  
                                                                                                                               

% of segment (loss) pre-tax profit (loss) after eliminations

    69.1 %     38.2 %     (1.4 )%     (5.9 )%     100 %         67.4 %     33.0 %     2.8 %     (3.2 )%     100 %         67.0 %     30.8 %     4.1 %     (1.9 )%     100 %

Other Segment Data

 

(dollars in millions)    2008    2007    2006

Wealth Management Segment:

        

Brokerage assets (1)

   $ 75.7    $ 85.3    $ 76.3

Assets Under Management – other financial institution

     —        —        412.4

Assets Under Management and Administration – Wealth Division

     1,564.1      2,191.8      2,102.4

Assets Under Management and Administration – Lau

     506.6      —        —  
                    

Assets Under Management and Administration and Brokerage Assets

   $ 2,146.4    $ 2,277.1    $ 2,591.1

 

(1)

Brokerage assets represent assets held at a registered broker dealer under a networking agreement.

 

Mortgage Banking Segment:

        

Mortgage Loans Serviced for Others

   $ 350,199    $ 357,363    $ 382,141

Mortgage Servicing Rights

   $ 2,205    $ 2,820    $ 2,883

Segment Assets: Substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its’ subsidiaries are related to the Banking Segment and are reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in these financial statements. Premises and equipment and other assets related to the Mortgage Banking and Wealth Management Segments are not meaningful and therefore are not presented. The Wealth Management Segment assets include, among other smaller amounts, the goodwill associated with Lau Associates of $4.6 million at December 31, 2008.

 

49


Price Range of Shares

BRYN MAWR BANK CORPORATION

(NASDAQ: BMTC)

 

     High Bid    Low Bid    Dividend
Declared

2008 HIGH-LOW QUOTATIONS

        

First Quarter

   $ 23.13    $ 18.75    $ 0.13

Second Quarter

     22.26      17.00      0.13

Third Quarter

     28.01      16.30      0.14

Fourth Quarter

     24.48      15.08      0.14

2007 HIGH-LOW QUOTATIONS

        

First Quarter

   $ 24.88    $ 22.75    $ 0.12

Second Quarter

     25.21      22.00      0.12

Third Quarter

     24.98      21.00      0.13

Fourth Quarter

     23.23      20.50      0.13

The approximate number of registered holders of record of common stock as of December 31, 2008 was 293.

The shares are traded on the NASDAQ Global Market System under the symbol BMTC. The price information was obtained from NASDQ, IDC.

 

50


LOGO

 

51


LOGO

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries of the Corporation:

 

Name

  

State of Incorporation

  

Status

The Bryn Mawr Trust Company    Pennsylvania    Active
Bryn Mawr Financial Services, Inc.    Pennsylvania    Inactive
Bryn Mawr Advisors, Inc.    Pennsylvania    Inactive
Bryn Mawr Brokerage Co., Inc.    Pennsylvania    Inactive
Joseph W. Roskos Co., Inc.    Pennsylvania    Inactive
Bryn Mawr Asset Management, Inc.    Pennsylvania    Inactive
JNJ Holdings LLC    Delaware    Active
Lau Associates LLC    Delaware    Active
Lau Professional Services LLC    Delaware    Active
The Bryn Mawr Trust Company of Delaware    Delaware    Active

Subsidiaries of the Bank:

 

Name

  

State of Incorporation

  

Status

Insurance Counsellors of Bryn Mawr, Inc.    Pennsylvania    Active
BMT Settlement Services, Inc.    Pennsylvania    Active
BMT Mortgage Services, Inc.    Pennsylvania    Active
BMT Leasing, Inc.    Delaware    Active

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-144280, 333-143445, 333-119958, 333-76244, 333-57415, and 033-61881) on Forms S-8 of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the Corporation) of our reports dated March 13, 2009, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of the Corporation as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows, changes in shareholders’ equity, and comprehensive income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, which reports appear in the December 31, 2008 annual report on Form 10-K of the Corporation.

Our report dated March 13, 2009 on the consolidated balance sheets of the Corporation as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows, changes in shareholders’ equity, and comprehensive income for each of the years on the three year period ended December 31, 2008, refers to the Corporation’s adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share Based Payment,” effective January 1, 2006, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” effective December 31, 2006, and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” in 2006.

LOGO

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 13, 2009

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Frederick C. Peters II, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Year End report on Form 10-K of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures, and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in this report, any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 13, 2009     /s/ F REDERICK C. P ETERS II
    Frederick C. Peters II, Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, J. Duncan Smith, CPA, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Year End report on Form 10-K of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures, and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in this report, any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 13, 2009     /s/ J. D UNCAN S MITH , CPA
    J. Duncan Smith, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Year End Report of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Frederick C. Peters II, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge and belief:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

/s/ F REDERICK C. P ETERS II
Frederick C. Peters II
Chief Executive Officer

March 13, 2009

Exhibit 32.2

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Year End Report of Bryn Mawr Bank Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, J. Duncan Smith, CPA, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge and belief:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

/s/ J. D UNCAN S MITH
J. Duncan Smith
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

March 13, 2009